Manual Reparación 200ATJ PDF

547387EN (07/07/2017)
200 ATJ
REPAIR MANUAL
2 547387EN
DATE OF ISSUE OBSERVATION
06 / 2010 - 1st ISSUE
11 / 2010 - 2nd UPDATED ISSUE
16 / 11 / 2015 - 3nd UPDATED ISSUE
20 / 01 / 2016 - 4nd UPDATED ISSUE (Gr 80)
07 / 07 / 2017 - 2nd UPDATED ISSUE (Gr 10, Gr 70, Gr 80)
MANITOU BF S.A Limited liability company with a Board of Directors.

Head office: 430, Rue de l’Aubinière - 44150 Ancenis - FRANCE
Share capital: 39,548,949 euros
857 802 508 RCS Nantes
Tel: +33 (0)2 40 09 10 11
www.manitou.com
This manual is for information purposes only. Any reproduction, copy, representation, recording, transfer, distribution, or other,
in part or in whole, in any format is prohibited. The plans, designs, views, commentaries and instructions, even the document
organization that are found in this document, are the intellectual property of MANITOU BF. Any violation of the aforementioned
may lead to civil and criminal prosecution. The logos as well as the visual identity of the company are the property of MANITOU-BF
and may not be used without express and formal authorization. All rights are reserved.
547387EN 3
HOW TO USE THIS REPAIR MANUAL ?

1GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SAFETY 2
00
00
GENERAL, CHARACTERISTICS AND SAFETY
ENGINE
10
TRANSMISSION
20
- GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY NOTICE
AXLE
30
BRAKE
40
BOOM
60
55
50
HYDRAULIC
70
ELECTRICITY
80
DRIVER’S CAB
85
FRAME - BODYWORK
90
110
OPTIONS - ATTACHMENTS
3 4 General instructions and safety

4 notice
00
00
RULES FOR MAINTENANCE
Do not carry out any work on the machine unless you have followed
a suitable training course and have the knowledge required for it.
Make sure you have taken into consideration all the indicator plates
on the machine and in the instruction manual.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY NOTICE
Be careful not to burn yourself when touching hot liquids or parts

when operations have to be done before the machine has had
time to cool down.
pages
PREAMBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
MAINTENANCE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
RULES FOR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Before carrying out any operation on an electrically powered

1
component, activate the battery cut-off.
2 If the telehandler does not have a battery isolation device, disconnect
the battery connecters then re-assemble them.
Before carrying out any welding operations, think about

disconnecting computers.
ECU
A machine operating in a contaminated environment should be

specifically equipped. Moreover, local safety notices deal with
maintenance and repair work on such machines.
00-M173EN (29/09/2011)
(29/09/2011) 00-M173EN
547982 : See the repair manual N° 547982.

M
R
70 - HYDRAULIC : See the group N° 70 called «Hydraulic».

GENERAL
00
ENGINE
10
TRANSMISSION
20
AXLE
30
BRAKE
40
JIB - BASKET
55
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
70
ELECTRICITY
80
DRIVER'S CAB
85
FRAME - BODY
90
110
OPTIONS - ATTACHMENTS
GENERAL
00
- GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
NOTICE
- GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND

SPECIFICATIONS
- GENERAL LOCATION
- GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

00
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY NOTICE
pages
PREAMBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MAINTENANCE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
RULES FOR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(15/10/2015) 00-00-M158EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
2 NOTICE
00
INTRODUCTION
This chapter deals with the general instructions and safety notice during servicing checks and work.
The other instructions and warning texts are indicated in the chapters concerned.
In order to reduce the risk of accidents, please:
–– Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual and the truck servicing instructions.
⇒⇒ This manual should be found in all trucks.
–– Please follow the safety instructions.
–– Use the appropriate tools for all work to be carried out.
–– Use original Manitou spare parts.
If these instructions are not followed there is a risk of accidents occurring, the severity of which could
go as far as causing death.
A person who follows the safety instructions and a well-serviced machine make a safe, effective and
profitable combination.
When you see this symbol:
It means: Warning! Be careful! Your safety, somebody else’s or the safety of the lift truck itself is
at risk.
The manufacturer cannot predict all possible at-risk situations. Consequently the safety instructions
given in the manual are not exhaustive.
At any time, as an operator/repairer, you must reasonably consider the possible risk to yourself, to others
or to the lift truck itself when you repair, service or drive it.
Manitou cannot be held responsible for the use of any lifting devices, tools or operating methods other
than those specified.
00-00-M158EN (15/10/2015)
NOTICE 3
00
SERVICING POSITION
2 4
1 3
Before any operation:
1 - Place the machine on a flat surface and chock the wheels.

2 - Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key.
3 - Let the machine cool down.
4 - Release all the pressure in the circuits concerned.
(15/10/2015) 00-00-M158EN
4 NOTICE
00
SERVICING RULES
Do not carry out any work on the machine unless you have been
trained and have the knowledge required for it.
Be aware of all information plates on the machine and notices in

the operator’s manual.
If you have to carry out work on the machine before it has had the
time to cool down, be careful not to burn yourself on parts or hot
liquids.
1
Before carrying out any operation on an electrically powered
2 component, activate the battery isolating switch.
If the truck does not have a battery isolating switch, disconnect
the battery terminals then group them together.
ECU bb efore carrying out any welding operations, think of

B
disconnecting computers.
A machine operating in an infected environment (polluted or harmful

to health) has to be fitted out in a certain manner. Furthermore,
the local security instructions determine how to carry out servicing
works and how to repair such a machine.
00-00-M158EN (15/10/2015)
NOTICE 5
00
Never step on a surface of the machine that was not designed for
this purpose.
Never wear objects, jewelery or clothes which could get caught

during your work and cause personal accidents.
Always wear safety glasses, gloves, safety shoes as well as any other
protection required for the work to be carried out.
When carrying out maintenance operations near a mobile object,

make sure it is made safe.
When changing or draining oil or fuel, or any other works concerning

the elements, liquids, solids and gases which are harmful to the
environment, make sure the necessary measures are taken to not
pollute the environment.
(15/10/2015) 00-00-M158EN
6 NOTICE
00
When any machine component is lifted or shored, ensure that the

equipment used is intended for at least the load that it is subjected
to by said component and that it corresponds to the national
standards for lifting devices.
When using a jack, ensure it is used on a flat, unchanging, load-

bearing surface which can handle the intended load, that it has a
sufficient lifting capacity and that it is correctly placed and positioned
on the machine.
Make sure no object or tool which could cause an accident is left

in the machine.
Never check for possible leaks using your hand.
max.
min.
Never use a component beyond its maximum capacities indicated
MAX by the manufacturer.
MIN
00-00-M158EN (15/10/2015)
00
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
pages
CHARACTERISTICS AND FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(15/10/2015) 00-01-M158EN
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
2 SPECIFICATIONS
Data obtained from Instruction Manuals:

00
CHARACTERISTICS AND FLUIDS l 547399 of 20/01/2015
Designation Value Designation Type Quantity

Weight of truck 10 050 kg Fuel tank EN590 / ASTM D975 78 ℓ
Weight FRONT 4 385 kg Engine oil MANITOU SAE 15W/40 9,5 ℓ
distribution
per axle REAR 5 650 kg Cooling system Cooling liquid (protection -25°) 9ℓ
Rated capacity Front axle differential 7,8 ℓ

230 kg Tractelf SF3 axle oil
(2 personnes) Rear axle differential 6.5 ℓ
Working height 20 280 mm Hydraulic tank MANITOU ISO VG 46 Hydraulic oil 80 ℓ
Transmission universal joint MANITOU BLUE multi-purpose grease kg
Turret brake reducer MANITOU SAE80W90 mechanical transmission oil 1.5 ℓ
DIMENSIONS
K
H
Item Value
8475
A1 (mm) 6260
B (mm) 2400
C (mm) 2700
C1 (mm) 2840
D (mm) 2400
E (mm) 430 G
F (mm) 340
G (mm) 1300
H (mm) 3950
I (mm) 5000
J (mm) 7450
I
K (mm) 3030
L (mm) 420
J
C1
C
E
F
D
B
A1
00-01-M158EN (15/10/2015)
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS 3
00
Item Value Item Value
G1 (mm) 4155 H1 (mm) 18270
G2 (mm) 11475 H2 (mm) 8090
G3 (mm) 10320 H3 (mm) 320
3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
21
20
G1
19
18
H1
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
G2 7
H2
G3 2
1
H3
3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
(15/10/2015) 00-01-M158EN
00
00-01-M158EN (15/10/2015)
00
GENERAL LOCATION
pages
LOCATION OF NAME AND IDENTIFICATION PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(15/10/2015) 00-03-M158EN
2 GENERAL LOCATION
00
LOCATION OF NAME AND IDENTIFICATION PLATE
Key:
1 - Manufacturer's plate 4 - Hydrostatic pump
2 - Rear drive axle plate 5 - Front drive axle plate
3 - Engine plate
00-03-M158EN (15/10/2015)
00
GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(15/10/2015) 00-04-M158EN
2 GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
00
STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES
b Standard tightening torques

To be used. unless otherwise indicated in the removal or refit operations.
SCREW / NUT ASSEMBLY
- with hexagon head screws without flanges ou cylinder head hexagon socket screws.
- for dry-fitted zinc-plated fasteners and for torque tools having a ± 20 % class C tightening torque
accuracy (equivalent to pneumatic screwdrivers).
1 - NF E 25-030-1 :
Ø x “coarse” pitch Grade 8.8 Grade 10.9 Ø x “fine” pitch Grade 8.8 Grade 10.9
N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in
M6 x 1 8.2 72.57 12.1 107 - - -
M8 x 1.25 20 177 30 265 M8 x 1 22 195 32 283
M10 x 1.5 40 354 59 522 M10 x 1.25 (x 1) 43 (46) 380 (407) 63 (68) 558 (602)
M12 x 1.75 69 611 102 903 M12 x 1.5 (x 1.25) 74 (78) 655 (690) 108 (115) 956
M14 x 2 111 982 163 1443 M14 x 1.5 123 1088 181 1602
M16 x 2 175 1549 256 2266 M16 x 1.5 190 168 279 2470
M18 x 2.5 240 2124 352 3115 M18 x 1.5 279 2469 410 3629
M20 x 2.5 341 3018 501 4434 M20 x 1.5 391 3460 574 5080
M22 x 2.5 470 4160 691 6116 M22 x 1.5 531 4700 780 6903
M24 x 3 588 5204 864 7647 M24 x 2 659 5833 967 8559
M27 x 3 874 7735 1284 11364 M27 x 2 965 8541 1418 12550
M30 x 3.5 1181 10453 1735 15356 M30 x 2 1351 11957 1984 17560
M33 x 3.5 1614 14285 2371 20985 M33 x 2 1821 16117 2674 23667
b
M36 x 4 2068 18303 3037 26880 - - -
For hexagon screws with flanges (NF E 25-030-1) :

Apply an increased torque of +10%.
b Where washers are used. the following coeﬃcient is to be applied (FD E 25-502) :
- Plate : +0% - Spring (or Grower) washer without jaws (W) : +10%
- Smooth tapered washer (CL): +5% - Conical. internal teeth (CDJ-JZC) : +15%.
2 - With marking :
4 5 6 7 8
4T 6T 8T
------------ ------------ ------------
5T
(N.m)
7T
(N.m)
11
(flange : 4.8T) (flange : 6.8T) (flange : 8.8T) (flange : 10.9T) (flange : 11.9T)
Ø x Pitch N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in
5 .4 48 7 .8 69 12 106
M6 x 1 6 .5 57 .5 11 97 (15.5) (137.2) (17.5) (155)
(5.5) (49) (7.5) (66) (12) (106)
13 115 19 168 29 257
M8 x 1.25 16 142 25 221 (38) (336) (42) (372)
(13) (115) (19) (168) (29) (257)
25 221 39 345 61 540
M10 x 1.25 32 283 52 460 (80) (708) (89) (788)
(27) (239) (39) (345) (61) (540)
47 416 72 637 108 956
M12 x 1.25 59 522 95 841 (145) (1283) (160) (1416)
(50) (443) (71) (628) (110) (974)
75 664 108 956 172 1522
M14 x 1.5 91 805 147 1301 (230) (2036) (260) (2301)
(78) (690) (110) (974) (175) (1549)
b
113 1000 172 1522 265 2345
M16 x 1.5 137 1213 226 2000 (360) (3186) (400) (3540)
(120) (1062) (170) (1504) (270) (2390)
use the upper class where spring (or Grower) washers are used.
00-04-M158EN (15/10/2015)
ENGINE
10
- ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
- ENGINE REMOVAL (AND REFIT)
- ENGINE CHARACTERISTICS AND

SPECIFICATIONS
l 647005EN
- ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
(KUBOTA V2403 ENGINE)
- CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE
- SPECIFIC TOOLING
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– SOLENOID VERSION (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– ELECTROVALVE VERSION (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– SOLENOID VERSION (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– ELECTROVALVE VERSION (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
A PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK REMOVAL
FRO
NT Place the basket in the down position (A-1).
Switch off the engine.
10
Switch off the power to the access platform, open the right-
2 hand turret cover and disconnect the cable connected to the
battery NEGATIVE terminal (A-2).
FRONT B Open the left-hand turret cover panel (B-1), then remove it as
3 2 follows:
- Remove the cylinder head (B-2) and hold the cover.

1
- Remove the cover/hinge fasteners.
- Remove the cover (B-3) ............................................... 22 kg
- Remove the cylinder (B-2).
- Remove the bottom cover (B-4).
4
bb For ease of working on the engine, the engine is positioned
on a pivoting frame fitted with a rod to limit pivoting of
the frame/engine assembly.
FRONT C
Remove the locking bolt (C-1).
1 Pull on the handle (C-2) to open the pivoting frame.
2
Secure the frame with the rod (C-3):
I - Open the frame as far as the stop.
II - Push on the rod.
3 I II III III - C
lose the frame again to insert the stud into the retaining
slot in the rod.
D bb Handle the rod and the frame with great care: HAND
CRUSHING HAZARD.
Remove the engine inspection cover (D-1).
10-04-M158EN (07/07/2017)
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
E SOLENOID VERSION (up to no. 949266)

T
ON 2
Locate the engine speed solenoid (E-1) on the right-hand side
FR
of the engine.
Disconnect its power supply harness.
10
Remove the connecting rod between the solenoid and the
engine speed flap lever (E-2).
Remove the solenoid fastening bolts (E-3) and remove the
1
3 solenoid.
F ELECTROVALVE VERSION (from no. 949267)
Locate the proportional engine speed block (F-1) on the right-

3
hand side of the engine.
1
Disconnect the power supply harness from the accelerator (F-2).
Disconnect the two hydraulic hoses (G-1) and (G-2) and mark
G them for easy refit.
3
Place the plugs on the hoses.
4 5
Remove the accelerator cable (F-3) by removing its pin.
1
6 Remove the return spring (G-3).

2
Remove the link rod by undoing the two screws (H-1) and (H-2).
H Remove the connecting rods (H-3) and (H-4) with a pin drift (H-5).
Remove the proportional engine speed block by undoing the

three fastening screws (G-4), (G-5) and (G-6).
4
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK REFIT
1
3
5
Perform the removal operations described above in reverse order
2 then check the proportional engine speed block adjustment
setting.
(07/07/2017) 10-04-M158EN
A PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK

ADJUSTMENT
SOLENOID VERSION (up to no. 949266)

10
1
Switch on the access platform with the starter key (A-1).
In order to avoid injury, keep the hands away from the solenoid
and the engine speed adjustment lever stops during this phase.
3
MAXIMUM ENGINE SPEED SETTING (SNOW POSITION).
D-MT-051
–– SNOW position =2500 rpm ± 50.
B
On the base console, locate the engine start assist button (A-2)
and switch it to the SNOW* position: the solenoid will move to
the left (B).
Adjust the length of the solenoid's threaded rod (B-1 and C) to
1 mm minimum 3
obtain the desired maximum engine speed. Check the engine
speed value on screen CEK20 "Screen settings menu" (E).
1
2
bb In order to ensure the correct operation of the solenoid,
part Item B2-2 must not bear against the screw Item
B2‑3. Provide a minimum gap of 1 mm between these
two items. Failure to comply this instruction may damage
the solenoid.
C
MINIMUM ENGINE SPEED SETTING (SUN POSITION).
–– SUN position =1250 rpm ± 50.
On the base console, locate the engine start assist button (A-2)
and switch it to the SUN* position: the solenoid will move to
the right (D).
Turn the adjustment screw (D-1) to obtain the desired minimum

engine speed. Check the engine speed value on screen CEK20
"Screen settings menu" (E).
2
1 E bb Do not turn the engine’s lead-sealed
screws (D-2 and D-3).
10-04-M158EN (07/07/2017)
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5
A ELECTROVALVE VERSION (from no. 949267)
1
Start up the platform
Check that the engine speed is at 1250 ± 50 rpm.
10
If it is not, turn the block so that the accelerator cable (A-1) is
slightly tensioned by adjusting the fixing screws of the engine
speed block on the bracket, in the direction of the arrow (B)
and the adjustment screw on the cable.
Instructions for the calibration:
B Five engine speed levels are to be calibrated. The adjustment

tolerance for each stage is +/- 50 rpm:
The engine speed set points are:
- Speed level 1/5 = 1450 rpm
Adjusting procedure:
This procedure must only be performed when the machine is

"Hot" (hydraulic oil temperature higher than 40°C).
C
B2
1 -Press the Menu key (C-4), using the </> keys (C-1) Go to the
padlock then press OK key (C-3).
2 -Enter the code "****" with the +/- keys (C-2),

1
2
3 -Confirm by pressing the OK key after each digit.
3
4
4 - Go to the "Calibration" icon (D-1) using the arrow keys.
5
5 -Select the "Engine accel. calibration" sub-menu using the

+/- keys (C-2), then confirm.
D
B2 First adjust the 5/5 level.
1
1 -Select the level using the </> keys (C-1)
2 -Activate the acceleration by pressing OK
3 -Adjust the engine speed value with the +/- keys (C-2).
4 -Switch off the acceleration by pressing OK
Check and adjust the tension of the accelerator cable if it is not

possible to adjust the 5/5 level
(07/07/2017) 10-04-M158EN
Repeat operations 1 to 4 below for levels 1/5, 2/5, 3/5 and 4/5.
When calibration is completed, leave the "Engine accel. calibration"

menu by pressing Exit (C-5).
10
Enter the "Save parameters" menu to record the values.
o 80 - ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT -

OPERATION OF THE BASE CONSOLE - CALIBRATION
MENU
10-04-M158EN (07/07/2017)
10
ENGINE REMOVAL
pages
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(16/10/2015) 10-06-M158EN
2 ENGINE REMOVAL
REMOVAL
A Place the basket in the down position (A-1).
Switch off the power to the access platform, open the right-
10
NT
FRO hand turret cover and disconnect the cable connected to the
battery NEGATIVE terminal (A-2).
2
Open the left-hand turret cover panel (B-1), then remove it as

FRONT B follows:
3 2
- Remove the cylinder head (B-2) and hold the cover.
- Remove the cover/hinge fasteners.
1 - Remover the cover (B-3) .............................................. 22 kg
- Remove the cylinder (B-2).
- Remove the bottom cover (B-4).
4
bb For ease of working on the engine, the engine is positioned
on a pivoting frame fitted with a rod to limit pivoting of
the frame/engine assembly.
FRONT C Remove the locking bolt (C-1).

Pull on the handle (C-2) to open the pivoting frame. Secure it
with the rod (C-3):
I - Open the frame as far as the stop.
1
II - Push on the rod.
III - C
lose the frame again to insert the stud into the retaining
2 slot in the rod.
3 I II III
bb Handle the rod and the frame with great care: HAND
CRUSHING HAZARD.
Identify and disconnect the cables and wiring harnesses:

D - Alternator (D-1)
8
4
3 - Starter (D-2)
- Water temperature sensor (D-3)
- Preheat (D-4)
1 5
- Engine oil pressure (D-5)
6 - Hydrostatic pump control (D-6)
2
- the ground (E-7)
- proportional engine speed block
7
- engine speed sensor
- engine stop valve
10-06-M158EN (16/10/2015)
ENGINE REMOVAL 3
E Remove the filter fastenings (E-1) while leaving the hydraulic

FR
ON
T hoses connected to it.
10
F Remove the air intake hose (F-1).
FR
ON
T
1 Remove the complete air filter (F-2).
G Remove the side roll hoop (G-1).
Remove:
- the exhaust clamp (G-2),

1 - the exhaust manifold (G-3).
3
Drain the radiator:

H FRO
NT
- Take a rubber hose of 5 mm internal diameter and 150-200 mm
long.
3
- Place this hose on the end of the drain port (H-1) and run it
out through the opening situated under the radiator (H-2).
- Place a container on the ground under the hose.
- Loosen the radiator drain screw (H-1).
- Undo engine block drain plug.
- Remove the radiator filler cap (H-3).
1 - Allow the cooling system to empty completely.
2 - Retighten the drain screw (H-1).
- Remove the hose.
- Retighten the drain plug (tightening torque 0,8 to 1,2 daN.m).
(16/10/2015) 10-06-M158EN
4 ENGINE REMOVAL
I Remove the two cooling system hoses (I-1).

FRO
NT
Locate, remove and plug the hydraulic hoses connected to the

1 hydrostatic pump (I-2) and the auxiliary pump (I-3).
10
Note: When shut down, the pressure in these hoses is low to nil.
1 Place a drain pan under the pumps.
Slowly undo the nut of the hose or its fastening screws, a quarter-
2 3 turn at a time, to release the residual pressure.
Once the pressure has fallen, fully remove the hose, plug it and
NT
J proceed to the next one.
FRO
Locate, remove and plug the engine supply and

diesel return hoses (J-1): Pivoting frame open.
Hook a sling connected to an engine hoist with two slinging

points (blue rings)................................................................ 250 kg
K
Remove the screws connecting the Silentblocs to the engine
I II support bracket (J-1).
Take out the engine (K):

III I - Lift the engine 20~30 mm.
II - Move it towards the rear to extract the fan from its
bb
housing in the radiator.
Beware of the hoses and components remaining in place.
III - Take the engine out of the frame and complete its
removal.
10-06-M158EN (16/10/2015)
ENGINE REMOVAL 5
REFIT
bb
Perform the removal operations in reverse order.
10
Observe the tightening torques:
ENGINE SECTION
TIGHTENING
COMPONENT SIZE/QUALITY
TORQUE
SILENTBLOC/TURRET M12 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
ENGINE BRACKET/SILENTBLOC M16 / 10.9 5 DaN.m ± 10%
ENGINE/ENGINE BRACKET M10x125 / 8.8 10 DaN.m ± 10%
COUPLING M10 / 8.8 2 DaN.m ± 10%
ENGINE FLYWHEEL CASING M8 / 8.8 4 DaN.m ± 10%
HYDROSTATIC PUMP M14 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
AUXILIARY PUMP M10 / 8.8 6 DaN.m ± 10%
HYDRO PUMP HP FLANGE SCREW M6 / 8.8 4 DaN.m ± 10%
Fill the radiator with coolant (o 00 - General characteristics and specifications).
Switch on the machine, start the engine and perform a complete test of all machine movements.
Check the hydraulic oil level in the tank (K-1) and top up the oil
A level if required.
(16/10/2015) 10-06-M158EN
10
10-06-M158EN (16/10/2015)
TRANSMISSION
- HYDROSTATIC PUMP CONTROL AND

ADJUSTMENT
20
- HYDROSTATIC COMPONENT REMOVAL
- HYDROSTATIC PUMP CHARACTERISTICS l 647255EN

AND SPECIFICATIONS
(A10VG REXROTH PUMP)
- HYDROSTATIC ENGINE CHARACTERISTICS l 647256EN

AND SPECIFICATIONS
(REXROTH A2FM ENGINE)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
20
pages
DESCRIPTION OF HYDROSTATIC PUMP (REXROTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– PRESSURE TEST PORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– ADJUSTMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (REXROTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– ENGINE SPEED UNLADEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– CALIBRATION - LP BOOSTER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– NEUTRAL POINT ADJUSTMENT - SERVO-CONTROL PISTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– CALIBRATION - HP VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– CALIBRATION - ZERO FLOW VALVE DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(19/10/2015) 20-04-M158EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND
2 ADJUSTMENT
DESCRIPTION OF HYDROSTATIC PUMP (REXROTH)
Pressure test ports
MB - HP pressure
Line B - REVERSE
MB
PS
G
20
B T1
T2 MA
FRONT REAR
MA - HP pressure
Line A - FORWARD
R - Case pressure
FRONT TOP
TOP
X1
X1 - X2 FE
Pilot pressure R
FRONT
X2
Fe - Boost pressure UNDERSIDE REAR
D-HY-471
Adjustment points
HP valve
Neutral position Line B
mechanical FORWARD
adjustment MB
PS
G
B T1
T2 MA
FRONT REAR
HP valve
LP valve BOOST Line A
PRESSURE REVERSE
TOP
TOP
X1
DR valve ZERO FE
FLOW R
X2
FRONT
UNDERSIDE REAR
End of adjustment
eccentric screw
D-HY-471
20-04-M158EN (19/10/2015)
ADJUSTMENT 3
A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

(REXROTH)
bb I n order to carry out the calibration operations

described in this chapter, you require two hydraulic
manometers as follows:
1 manometer 0 - 400 bars
20
Engine speed unladen
Start the engine, then display the ENGINE menu (A) page on
the computer screen.
e 80 - ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Check the engine min and max rpm.
e 00 - GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Adjust the speed settings if required.
e 10 - ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
(19/10/2015) 20-04-M158EN
4 ADJUSTMENT
B Calibration - LP booster valve

FR
ON
T
Install a Tee coupling (B-1) between the port "G" of the hydrostatic
pump and the brakes/differential lock control connection hose (B-2).
Take a straight coupler (B-3) (M/F 16x150-8S) and attach to the end
of the hose, then connect it to the (0-100 bar) manometer (B-4).
Start up the engine, then measure the pressure while the engine
1 0 100
is running with no load at 3000 rpm (max. speed) and with hot oil:
20
2 The pressure should be approx. 26 bars.

3 4
If the pressure is incorrect, remove the boost pressure relief valve
(C-1).
C FR
The relief valve is adjusted by adding or removing shims (C-2)
ON
T
between the spring and the spool of the relief valve.
NOTE:
The pressure increases approximately 4 bars for each additional
mm of added shim thickness.
20-04-M158EN (19/10/2015)
ADJUSTMENT 5
D Neutral point adjustment - servo-control piston

2 FR
ON
T
1 Install the machine on support stands.
Remove the plugs from the control ports XA and XB, then take
3
adapter fittings (d-1) with an M12x1.5 thread on one end, to install
them in the place of the plugs.
Connect a hose (D-2) onto these two fittings to balance the pressure
4 on each side of the servo-control piston.
20
Switch on the engine.
bb
4
e careful when performing this operation, the wheels

B
of the machine will begin to rotate: ensure that there is
nobody in the vicinity.
Undo the lock nut (D-3) in order to turn the piston screw.
Turn the screw in one direction, until the wheels of the machine start to rotate in one direction.
Mark the position of the screw.
Turn the screw in the other direction, until the wheels of the machine start to rotate in the opposite
direction.
Mark the position of the screw: the piston neutral point is situated midway between these two points.
For greater accuracy, install a high-accuracy (0-400bar) manometer on each HP port (D-4).
Repeat the procedure described above and mark the position of the piston adjusting screw the moment
a change of pressure appears on the manometer.
(19/10/2015) 20-04-M158EN
6 ADJUSTMENT
F Calibration - HP Valves
bb
FR
ON
T
aution, before adjusting the HP valve, you must first
C
over-calibrate the valve DR 14 (F-1).
1
3
Install a manometer (0-400 bar) on each HP port (F-2).
Change the DR valve setting.
bb
2
arning, because of the technological design of the DR
W
valve, do not adjust its pressure settings. Ensure that the
20
2
engine is stopped before adjusting.
3
Undo the lock-nut of the valve, then tighten the calibration screw
by half-a-turn.
Disconnect the brake electrovalve control wiring harness from the brake/steering hydraulic block.
Select the high-speed setting (hare) on the basket control panel and run the machine at full speed in
forward gear.
Read the pressure on the manometer connected to the lower pressure test port (line A): the theoretical
pressure is 330 bars.
Perform the same checks when running the machine at full speed in reverse gear and checking the
manometer connected to the upper pressure test port (line B).
If the pressure readings are incorrect, switch off the engine and perform the following procedure:
G - R emove the valve(s) to be adjusted (F-3), remove the shock-

absorber assembly (G).
- Remove the locking screw (H-1).
- Tighten (to increase the HP pressure) or loosen (to reduce the
HP pressure) the spring setting screw (H-2). For information:
one turn of the screw changes the pressure setting by
approx. 45 bars.
Put back the valve(s) in place, then repeat the procedure until the
correct reading are obtained.
Calibrate the DR valve.
H
1
20-04-M158EN (19/10/2015)
ADJUSTMENT 7
I Calibration - Zero flow valve DR
bb
FR
ON
T
arning, during this test, the pressure in the hydrostatic
W
circuit could turn the wheels: the machine is only immobilized
2
by its brakes. Check that there is nobody within the safety
perimeter.
1
Disconnect the brake electrovalve control wiring harness from the
brake/steering hydraulic block.
Install a manometer (0-400 bar) on each HP port (I-1).
20
1
Ensure that the arms are folded in and the telescope is retracted.
Check the engine revs at maximum speed on the computer screen.

Select the high-speed setting (hare) on the basket control panel and run the machine at full speed in
forward gear.
Read the pressure on the manometer connected to the lower pressure test port (line A): the theoretical
pressure is 340 bars:
If the pressure reading is incorrect, switch off the engine and modify the DR valve calibration setting (I-2).
(19/10/2015) 20-04-M158EN
8 ADJUSTMENT
20
20-04-M158EN (19/10/2015)
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL
20
pages
HYDROSTATIC PUMP REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HYDROSTATIC ENGINE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(19/10/2015) 20-06-M158EN
2 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL
A HYDROSTATIC PUMP REMOVAL

NT Place the basket in the down position (A-1).
FRO

2
Switch off the power to the access platform.

20
FRONT B Open the left-hand turret cover panel (B-1), then remove it as
follows:
3 2
bb
- Remove the cylinder head.
1
Hold the cover panel ..................................... 22 kg
- Remove the cover panel hinge fasteners.

- Remove the cover panel.
- Remove the cylinder.
4
FR C Remove the filter fastenings (C-1) while leaving the hydraulic

ON
T hoses connected to it.
FR D Remove the air intake hose (D-1).

ON
T
1
Remove the complete air filter (D-2).
20-06-M158EN (19/10/2015)
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL 3
E
Remove the side roll hoop (E-1).
1 Locate and disconnect the hydrostatic pump control wiring

harnesses (F-1).
Locate, remove and plug the hydraulic hoses connected to the
20
hydrostatic pump and the auxiliary pump.
Note: when shut down, the pressure in these hoses is low to nil.
F Place a drain pan under the pumps.
Slowly undo the nut of the hose or its fastening screws, a quarter-
1 1
turn at a time, to release the residual pressure.
Once the pressure has fallen, fully remove the hose, plug it and
2 proceed to the next one.
Place a sling hung from a hoist around the two pumps.
Remove the screws connecting the pump to the engine (F-2).
Removing the pumps.
REFIT
bb
ENGINE SECTION
COMPONENT SIZE/QUALITY TIGHTENING TORQUE
SILENTBLOC/TURRET M12 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
ENGINE BRACKET/SILENTBLOC M16 / 10.9 5 DaN.m ± 10%
ENGINE/ENGINE BRACKET M10x125 / 8.8 10 DaN.m ± 10%
COUPLING M10 / 8.8 2 DaN.m ± 10%
HYDROSTATIC PUMP M14 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
AUXILIARY PUMP M10 / 8.8 6 DaN.m ± 10%
HYDRO PUMP HP FLANGE SCREW M6 / 8.8 4 DaN.m ± 10%
Switch on the machine using the cattery cut-off (pre-production), start the engine and perform a
complete test of all machine movements.
Switch off the engine, check the hydraulic oil level in the tank and top up the oil level if required.
(19/10/2015) 20-06-M158EN
A HYDROSTATIC ENGINE REMOVAL

NT Place the platform in the transport position on level ground.
bb
FRO
he wheels must be straightened in order to limit the

T
pressure in the steering control hoses.
1
From the base console, control the raising of the arms 1/2 until
the intermediate hinge (A1) is 2 m above the frame.
20
Switch off the engine and power off the platform.
B
O NT Remove the cover plate (B-1).
FR
Identify, remove and plug the engine supply hoses:
Place a drain pan under the engine.
C
ON
T 1 S lowly undo the hose fastening screws (C-1), a quarter-turn at a
FR time, to release the residual pressure.
nce the pressure has fallen, fully remove and plug the hoses with
O
2 rags.
3
Remove the drain hose (C-2) and fit an 8S male plug.
Place a sling connected to a hoist around the engine 32kg
emove the screws connecting the engine to the axle and remove
R
the hydraulic engine (C -3).
20-06-M158EN (19/10/2015)
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL 5
REFIT
bb
FRAME PART
WHEELS M18x150 / ... 34 DaN.m ± 15%
20
REAR AXLE PLATES M20 / 8.8 27 DaN.m ± 10%
TRAVEL engine M12 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
engine HP HOSE SCREW M12 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
UNIVERSAL JOINT SCREW 5/16 24 UNF / ... 3.7 DaN.m ± 10%
FRONT AXLE PLATES M20 / 8.8 27 DaN.m ± 10%
OSCILLATION LOCK BRACKET M20 / 8.8 28 DaN.m ± 10%
OSCILLATION CYLINDERS M20 / 8.8 28 DaN.m ± 10%
CROWN/FRAME M16 / 10.9 27 DaN.m ± 10%
Switch on the machine using the cattery cut-off (pre-production), start the engine and perform a forward
and reverse travel test.
(19/10/2015) 20-06-M158EN
20
20-06-M158EN (19/10/2015)
AXLE
- AXLE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
- AXLE REMOVAL
- CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
30
- CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT l 547983EN
- TROUBLESHOOTING (AXLE 212)
- SPECIFIC TOOLING
AXLE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
30
pages
PLACING IN FREEWHEEL MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(20/10/2015) 30-04-M158EN
2 AXLE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
A PLACING IN FREEWHEEL MODE
bb
1
The platform may only be towed for a short distance

and this must be by a machine with high braking power
in order to hold it and with a connecting bar between
the two machines.
1 - Chocking the platform.
1 2- Hydrostatic clutch
B bb Before performing this operation, take the necessary

30
precautions as the machine will no longer have any

brakes.
- Open the engine hood.

1
- Screw the hydrostatic pump HP relief valves (1 + 2) up to the

hard spot + 1 and a half turns.
3 - Rear axle mechanical clutch
C bb Loosen the 4 screws (B-1) and (C-1) located in front of and

behind the axle. Do not remove them as this disengages
the axle.
- Once the breakdown has been mended, tighten the screws

and respect the chocking size of 30 mm.
bb
1
After this operation, do not forget to take off the

mechanical brake release.
30-04-M158EN (20/10/2015)
AXLE REMOVAL
30
pages
FRONT AXLE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– FRONT AXLE REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
REAR AXLE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– REAR AXLE REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(20/10/2015) 30-06-M158EN
2 AXLE REMOVAL
A FRONT AXLE REMOVAL

O NT
FR
Place the platform in the transport position on level ground.
1
2
bb he wheels must be straightened in order to limit the
T
Method for the OSCILLATION option:
- Remove the covers from the oscillation lock cylinders (A-1).
- Place a wooden chock in front of the right-front wheel (A-2).

B
30
- Disconnect the connector from the left-hand oscillation blocking

T
FR
ON cylinder electrovalve (B-1).
- Drive the platform forward onto the chock.

1
- Disconnect the connector of the right-hand oscillation lock

2 cylinder electrovalve (B-2).
- Place a 1 cm thick wooden chock under the piston of the left-

hand oscillation lock cylinder (B-1).
- Connect the connector of the left-hand oscillation lock cylinder

C electrovalve (B-1).
2
- Control the reversing of the platform so that it comes off the chock.
1
- Disconnect the connector of the left-hand oscillation lock cylinder

electrovalve (B-1).
T All machine versions:

ON
3
FR
bb As the components to be dismantled are heavy, two people are needed to carry out the majority
of the operations below.
Locate the universal joint connecting the two axles:
- Remove the two mounting flanges (C-1) on the front axle.
- Remove the universal joint head (C-2) from its housing on the axle by sliding it backwards and hold
the universal joint.
- Remove the two rear axle fastening clamps (C-3) and remove the universal joint.
30-06-M158EN (20/10/2015)
AXLE REMOVAL 3
D Hang a sling connected to a hoist with slinging points located

at the front of the frame (D-1)........................................... 5000 kg
Raise the front axle a few centimeters so that the wheels are no
longer in contact with the ground.
1
1 Place blocks under the frame, to the rear of the axle and outside
the frame outline, then set the frame down on the blocks.
T
ON
FR
Locate the hoses (E-1) supplying the steering cylinder, then

E disassemble as follows:
30
1
1
- Place a drain pan under the middle of the axle.
- Slowly undo the hose fastening screws, a quarter-turn at a

time, to release the residual pressure.
- Once the pressure has fallen, fully remove the hoses and fit
them with a 12S plug.
T
ON Unscrew and remove the wheel nuts.
FR
Free each front wheel by applying back-and forth movements

F and remove them. ................................................................. 300 kg
Recover the sling and pass it around the axle as close as possible
to the hubs or use a lift truck and place the forks under the axle.
1
1 2
Remove the fastenings of the axle to the frame:
1 6 bolts (F-1), two plates (F-2).
ON
T Remove the front axle (E).................................................... 405 kg
FR
(20/10/2015) 30-06-M158EN
4 AXLE REMOVAL
FRONT AXLE REFIT
bb
FRAME PART
WHEELS M18x150 / ... 34 DaN.m ± 15%
FRONT AXLE PLATES M20 / 8.8 27 DaN.m ± 10%
OSCILLATION CYLINDERS M20 / 8.8 28 DaN.m ± 10%
30
30-06-M158EN (20/10/2015)
AXLE REMOVAL 5
F REAR AXLE REMOVAL

T
ON
FR
Place the platform in the transport position on level ground.
bb The wheels must be straightened in order to limit the


1
To prevent subsequent movement of the platform, place wooden
chocks in front of and behind the front wheels.
G
bb As the components to be dismantled are heavy, two
30
people are needed to carry out the majority of the
T
FR
ON operations below.
1
Remove the cover plate (F-1).
Locate the travel engine (G-1) attached to the rear axle and
remove it. Leave it attached to the hoses once removed.
Locate the universal joint connecting the two axles:

H
Remove the two mounting flanges (H-1) on the front axle.
T 2
ON
FR
1 Remove the universal joint head (H-2) from its housing on the
axle by sliding it backwards and hold the universal joint.
Remove the two rear axle fastening clamps (H-3) and remove
the universal joint.
3
Hang a sling connected to a hoist with slinging points located

I at the rear of the frame (I-1)............................................... 5000 kg
Raise the rear axle a few centimeters so that the wheels are no
longer in contact with the ground.
1
1 Place blocks under the frame, in front of the axle and outside
the frame outline and paying attention to the travel engine,
T
then set the frame down on the blocks.
ON
FR
(20/10/2015) 30-06-M158EN
6 AXLE REMOVAL
J Locate the hoses feeding the steering cylinder (J-1) as well as

2
those supplying the brakes (J-2), then remove them as follows:
1
- Place a drain pan under the middle of the axle.
1
- Slowly undo the hose fastening screws, a quarter-turn at a

time, to release the residual pressure.
- Once the pressure has fallen, fully remove the hoses and insert
a 12S plug into the steering hoses and an 8S plug into the
T
ONNT
FFRRO
brake and differential hoses.
bb Carefully identify the location of the hoses to facilitate

their refit.
30
Unscrew and remove the wheel nuts.
Free each front wheel by applying back-and-forth movements

and remove them................................................................... 300 kg
Recover the sling and pass it around the axle as close as possible
to the hubs or use a lift truck and place the forks under the axle.
Remove the fastenings of the axle to the frame.
Remove the rear axle (J)....................................................... 520 kg
REAR AXLE REFIT
bb
FRAME PART
WHEELS M18x150 / ... 34 DaN.m ± 15%
REAR AXLE PLATES M20 / 8.8 27 DaN.m ± 10%
TRAVEL engine M12 / 8.8 8 DaN.m ± 10%
30-06-M158EN (20/10/2015)
JIB - BASKET
- JIB - BASKET REMOVAL
55
JIB - BASKET REMOVAL
pages
TELESCOPE CYLINDER SLIDE PAD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ARM 3 PAD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
55
MOVING TUBE PAD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(20/10/2015) 55-06-M158EN
2 JIB - ACCESS PLATFORM REMOVAL
A TELESCOPE CYLINDER SLIDE PAD REMOVAL

T
ON
FR
Remove the telescope cylinder: e70 - HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
1
REMOVAL
Remove the pads (A-1).
REFIT
1 Carry out the operations described above in reverse order.

55
55-06-M158EN (20/10/2015)
JIB - ACCESS PLATFORM REMOVAL 3
B ARM 3 PAD REMOVAL

T
ON
FR
Remove the telescope cylinder head pivot pin.
Raise the basket with a hoist to take the load off the pads (B).
Remove the boom head slide pad fasteners (B-1).
Carefully note the number and position of the adjustment

1
plates (B-2).
2
Remove the pads.
REFIT
Carry out the operations described above in reverse order.
If necessar y put the adjustment plates in place (B-2)

l547386.
bb The maximum clearance to be left between the moving
55
tube and the slide pads of arm 3 is 0,5 mm.
(20/10/2015) 55-06-M158EN
4 JIB - ACCESS PLATFORM REMOVAL
C MOVING TUBE PAD REMOVAL

T 1
ON
FR 4
3
Extend the telescope until the telescope cylinder head pivot pin
2
can be reached.
Remove the telescope cylinder: e 70 - HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

2
2
REMOVAL
Remove the flexible guide fasteners from the moving tube (C-1).
Sling the basket/jib/hinge assembly (C-2).
D Remove the tilt cylinder foot pivot pin.

T
ON
FR
Tilt up the basket to retract the tilt cylinder rod. Remove the tilt
cylinder head pivot pin (C-3), then remove the tilt cylinder without
disconnecting its hoses.
Remove the pin (C-4) then remove the basket/jib/hinge assembly:

set it down nearby to avoid damaging the hydraulic hoses and
wiring harnesses.
1
Raise the moving tube with a hoist to unload the slide pads.
55
Remove the boom head slide pad fasteners (D-1).

E 1
T
Carefully note the number and position of the adjustment plates
ON 2 (D-2) of each slide.
FR
1 Remove the pads.

2
2
Remove the moving tube.
1
Remove the boom foot slide pads (E-1).
1
Note the position of the adjustment plates (E-2).
REFIT
Carry out the operations described above in reverse order. The boom foot slide pads (E-1) are to be
hammered into place.
bb
If necessary put the adjustment plates in place (B-2) l547386.
The maximum clearance to be left between the moving tube and the slide pads of arm 3 is 0.5 mm.
55-06-M158EN (20/10/2015)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
- HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND

SPECIFICATIONS
- HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
- HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
- HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
- HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL
- HYDRAULIC SPECIFIC TOOLING
l 647147EN
- 6-PASSAGE ROTARY UNION REPLACEMENT
(6-PATH ROTATING
JOINT)
70
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT SHEETS pages
PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR PVG32 4T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK MA-250-CDC 016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BRAKE & STEERING BLOCK DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
VALVE BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
GENERATOR BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
VARIABLE CAPACITY PUMP A10VG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
70
(21/10/2015) 70-01-M158EN
2 SPECIFICATIONS
Proportional distributor PVG32 4T

Values present (as an indication)
ROLE :
– Division of the hydraulic flow.
– Restriction of the maximum pressure.
– Cut off of the hydraulic movements.
LEGEND :
Supply to proportional distributor

7 Lower arm UP/DOWN
Return LS M
T
8 Telescope extended/retracted
9 Upper arm UP/DOWN
210 b
10 Function block proportional valve
0.4
25 l/mn
210 b GENERAL DESCRIPTION
7 180 b
70
Return
A
Supply to
120 b
proportional
B distributor
140 b
40/100l/mn
8 120 b
A
190 b B
210 b
25l/mn
9 190 b
A
120 b B
10 l/mn
10 175 b
All or Nothing
A distributor block
supply
All or Nothing
175 b B distributor block
supply
Note :
70-01-M158EN (21/10/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 3
INPUT COMPONENT
LS 2 M
T
4
210 b
0.4
210 b
25 l/mn
1
3
7 180 b
A
120 b
B
140 b
40/100l/mn
LEGEND :
8 120 b
1 - Safety electro-valve (Cutting off the movements) A
2 - Safety electro-valve (Cutting off the movements)
3 - Stand-by pressure restrictor 190 b B
4 - Pilot pressure reducer and restrictor 25l/mn
210 b
9 190 b
A
70
120 b B
10 l/mn
10 175 b
A
1 175 b
2 B
(21/10/2015) 70-01-M158EN
4 SPECIFICATIONS LS M
T

210 b
DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT 0.4
5 25 l/mn
210 b
4
7 180 b
A
3
6 120 b
B
140 b
40/100l/mn
2
8 120 b
A
1
190 b B
210 b
25l/mn
LEGEND : 9 190 b
A
1 - Electrical control
120 b
2 - Manual control B
3 - Distribution slide valves 10 l/mn
4 - Anti-shock shutter valves
5 - Anti-cavitation shutter valves 10 175 b
6 - LS pressure reducers A
7 - Pressure equalisers
70
175 b B
1 4
5
2
3
70-01-M158EN (21/10/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 5
DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK MA-250-CDC 016

ROLE :
– Division of the hydraulic flow.
14 – Restriction of the maximum pressure.
13 – Cut off of the hydraulic movements.

4
12
3
11
15
3
LEGEND :
1 - Slide valves
11 Pendular arm UP/DOWN
12 Steer right/left
13 Turret
14 Basket rotation
15 Tilt compensation
70
2 - Pressure reducer
3 - Tilt compensation valves
4 - Pendular shutter valves
4
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5
200 b 200 b 80 b
3
100 b
M
1
11 12 13 14
15
P 0.2b
M1
160 b
T 5b
(21/10/2015) 70-01-M158EN
6 SPECIFICATIONS
BRAKE & STEERING BLOCK DISTRIBUTOR

Valeurs présentes à titre indicatif
RÔLE :
– Orienter le débit hydraulique sur les fonctions

blocage différentiel et frein
– Sélectionner le mode de direction (2 roues,

4 roues, crabe)
B T
B2
LÉGENDE :
1 - Tiroir (Direction 2 / 4 / crabe)

2 - Electrovalve (Frein)
70
A
A2
3 - Electrovalve (Blocage différentiel) B T
3
B2
3
B
1 Z
X
A1
A Y
Y
B1
Ø1 Z
2 Ø2 X
P T A2 B2
Nota :
70-01-M158EN (21/10/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 7
VALVE BLOCK
RÔLE :
– Ajuster régime moteur en fonction de la demande.
LÉGENDE :
1 - Valve proportionnelle
2 - Vérin
P M
70
P T
2
1
M 2
1
Nota :
(21/10/2015) 70-01-M158EN
8 SPECIFICATIONS
GENERATOR BLOCK
RÔLE :
– Faire tourner la génératrice
P
2
– Couper la pression par rapport à la consigne

électrique.
3
3 2
200 b 2
LÉGENDE :
1
1 - Tiroir hydraulique proportionnelle NF
2 - Limiteur HP
240 b 2
70
P T
1 2
Nota :
70-01-M158EN (21/10/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 9
VARIABLE CAPACITY PUMP A10VG

RÔLE :
– Permet de puiser l’huile du bac, et de le

distribuer sous pression à l’ensemble du
système hydraulique
LÉGENDE :
1 - Distributeur proportionnel (Marche AV/AR)

2 - Valve DR
3 - Soupape HP
4 - Limiteur de pression de gavage
5 - Piston servocommande
70
1
b a
T1 PS G Fe MB
A
5
1
365 b 8,4cm3
45cm3
365 b 26 b 2
2
B
X1 X2 G S MA
3 3 4
Nota :
(21/10/2015) 70-01-M158EN
10 SPECIFICATIONS
1 3
4
70
70-01-M158EN (21/10/2015)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
pages
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS DIAGRAM KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ELECTROVALVE ACTIVATION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
70
(07/06/2017) 70-02-M158EN
2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS DIAGRAM KEY

Item Designation.
A Oil tank
B 6-Passage rotary union
C Suction strainer 100 µm
D DANFOSS proportional distributor
E Variable displacement pump
F Bent-axis engine
G Distributor block
H Braking unit
I Pressure filter 10 µm abs.
J Suction filter 10 µm nom.
K Cooler
L Backup electric pump
M Radiator valve block
N Valve block
O Generator block (option)
P Generator (option)
Q Engine speed proportional valve FROM No.: 949267
R One way valve FROM No.: 949267
S Pressure switch FROM No.: 949267
SETTINGS
Item Functions Flow rate (L/mn) Pressure (bar)
Hydrostatic pump
1
112 /
- Max. speed
40 320
- Max. power
70
2 Booster pump MAX 21 26
Auxiliary pump MAX 55,40 200

3
Auxiliary pump MIN 30,40 200
4 Brake 0 26
5 Differential lock 0 26
6 2/4/Crab steering 10 170
Lower arm Lifting 25 200

7
Lower arm Lowering 12 100
Telescope extended 36 100
8
Telescope retracted 18 180
Upper arm Lifting 16 180
9
Upper arm Lowering 7 140
10 Function block proportional valve / 170
Jib lifting 5 170

11
Jib lowering 2 80
12 RH/LH steering 10 170
13 Turret 4 160
14 Basket rotation 1 160
Cylinder extension / 170

15
Cylinder retraction / 170
70-02-M158EN (07/06/2017)
(07/06/2017)
BACKUP ELECTRIC
PUMP
1300 W, engine DS1
S2: 6,2mn at 100 b
S3: 10.3% at 100 b
Engine
Min rpm: 1400 rpm
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Max.: 2500 rpm
Q
N°:949267
TILT TURRET BASKET

LOWER CYLINDER PENDULAR
COMPENSATION ROTATION ROTATION
STEERING
TELESCOPE CYLINDER
UPPER CYLINDER
STEERING
- 2-WHEEL
- 4-WHEEL
- CRAB
GA GA
LOCK
FRONT
OSCILLATION
BRAKE
DR DR
LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL
S
N°: 949267
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70-02-M158EN
3
70
4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTROVALVE ACTIVATION TABLE
Electrovalve: - = Resting / E = Excited
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Generat 13 14 15
4 5
6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b electro.*
Stop - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E
Left - - - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
2-wheel
Right - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Steering Left - - E - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
4-wheel
only Right - - E - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Transport position
Left - - - E - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
Crab
Right - - - E - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Travelling E E/- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Left E E/- - - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
2-wheel
Right E E/- - - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Travel + Left E E/- E - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -

4-wheel
Steering Right E E/- E - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Left E E/- - E - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
Crab
Right E E/- - E - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Stop - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E
Left - - - - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
2-wheel
Right - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Steering Left - - E - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
4-wheel
only Right - - E - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Left - - - E - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
Crab
Right - - - E - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Travelling E E/- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Left E E/- - - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
2-wheel
70
Right E E/- - - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Travel + Left E E/- E - - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -

Steering 4-wheel
Right E E/- E - - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Working position
Left E E/- - E - - - - - - E - - - E - - - - - - - -
Crab
Right E E/- - E - - - - - - E - - - - E - - - - - - -
Raise - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Arm 1/2
Lowering - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Lifting
Raise - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Arm 3
Lowering - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Disposals - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Tie rods
Retracted - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Raise - - - - - - - - - - E - E - - - - - - - - - -
Jib
Lowering - - - - - - - - - - E - - E - - - - - - - - -
Right - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - E - - - -
Basket rotation
Left - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - E - - -
Right - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - E - - - - - -
Turret rotation
Left - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - E - - - - -
Scoop - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - E - -
Tilting
Tilting - - - - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - - - E -
* Generator electrovalve activated after 5 seconds without basket movement and activation.
70-02-M158EN (07/06/2017)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
pages
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS IN THE FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS IN THE TURRET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS IN THE ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
70
(07/07/2017) 70-03-M158EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70
70-03-M158EN (07/07/2017)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION 3
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS IN THE FRAME
FRONT
Locking cylinder
left oscillation
REAR Front steering

cylinder
Rear steering
cylinder
70
Axle brake
Differential lock
Brake unit
Axle brake
Locking cylinder
Hydrostatic motor right oscillation
(07/07/2017) 70-03-M158EN
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS IN THE TURRET
Radiator Oil tank
Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Radiator valve

pump filter pump block FRONT
Auxiliary pump
REAR
Backup pump
Distributor block
70
Pressure
filter
Hydrostatic motor Revolving
joint Hydrostatic motor
Valve block
70-03-M158EN (07/07/2017)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION 5
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS IN THE ARMS
Tilting cylinder Left-hand 3 arm

lifting cylinder FRONT
Tilting cylinder
Compensating
Jib cylinder cylinder
REAR
Right-hand 3 arm
lifting cylinder
70
1/2 arm lifting
cylinder
Turret rotation
cylinder
(07/07/2017) 70-03-M158EN
70
70-03-M158EN (07/07/2017)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
A - PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– INLET PLATE RELIEF VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– 1/2 ARM LIFTING CYLINDER BLOCK VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– TELESCOPE CYLINDER BLOCK VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– 3 ARM LIFTING CYLINDER BLOCK VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
B - DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– JIB SUPPLY CIRCUIT VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– COMPENSATING/TILTING SUPPLY CIRCUIT VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
70
–– TILTING CYLINDER EXTENSION VALVE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– TILTING CYLINDER EXTENSION VALVE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
C - COMPENSATING/TILTING CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– RESOLVING PROBLEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– ANALYSIS OF RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(23/10/2015) 70-04-M158EN
2 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
A1
3
bb In order to carry out the calibration operations described
in this chapter, you require two hydraulic manometers
as follows:
Open the right-hand turret cover panel and place the strut.
Locate the proportional distributor (A1-1) and the distributor
2
1
T
block (A1-2).
ON
FR Switch on the access platform. The adjustments are made with
an oil temperature of ≥ 30°.
A2 4
0 400
2
A - PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR CALIBRATION
1 5
Inlet plate relief valve
Connect the manometer to the pressure test port (A2-1) marked

M on the upper block (A2-2).
T Install the manual control lever on the last element of the
ON
FR distributor (A2-3).
3
While holding down the safety valve button (A2-4), push the
manual control lever (A2-3) and check that the manometer
displays a pressure of 200 bars.
If the value is different, remove the protective cap (A2-5) from

70
the pressure relief valve on the top block (A2-2) and calibrate
the pressure reducing valve to obtain 200 bars.
Refit the cap.
70-04-M158EN (23/10/2015)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
A3 1/2 arm lifting cylinder block valves
0 400
2 Connect the manometer to the pressure test port (A3-1) marked
1 M on the upper block (A3-2).
From the base control panel (A1-3), extend/retract the arm 1/2
4
lifting cylinder. Maintain the command when the cylinder is fully
3 extended/retracted, and check that the manometer displays a
pressure of:
T
• 220 bar cylinder extended.
ON • 100 bar cylinder retracted.
FR
If the values displayed are different, remove the protective caps:

from the arm 1/2 lifting cylinder extension valve (A3-3).
from the arm 1/2 lifting cylinder retraction valve (A3-4).
From the base control panel (A1-3), extend/retract the arm 1/2
lifting cylinder (command maintained) and adjust the valve
settings to obtain:

• 100 bar cylinder retracted.
Refit the caps.
A4
0 400
2 Telescope cylinder block valves
70
1 Connect the manometer to the pressure test port (A4-1) marked
From the base control panel (A1-3), extend/retract the telescope
4
cylinder. Maintain the command when the cylinder is fully
3 extended/retracted, and check that the manometer displays
a pressure of:
T
ON
FR • 100 bar cylinder extended.

- from the telescope extension valve (A4-3).
- from the telescope retraction valve (A4-4).
cylinder (command maintained) and adjust the valve settings
to obtain:

Refit the caps.
(23/10/2015) 70-04-M158EN
A5 3 arm lifting cylinder block valves

2
0 400
1
From the base control panel (A1-3), extend/retract the arm 3
lifting cylinder. Maintain the command when the cylinder is fully
extended/retracted, and check that the manometer displays a
4 pressure of:
3 T • 180 bar cylinder extended.

ON
FR • 140 bar cylinder retracted.

cylinder (command maintained) and adjust the valve settings
to obtain:

Refit the caps.

70
70-04-M158EN (23/10/2015)
B1 B - DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK CALIBRATION

A5
Jib supply circuit valves

M1
B5
B4 A4
A3
B3
M on the distributor block.
M
A2
From the base control panel (A1-3), extend/retract the jib.
1
Maintain the command when the cylinder is fully extended/
B2
B1
retracted, and check that the manometer displays a pressure of:
• 200 bar jib extended.
• 80 bar jib retracted.
A1

M1
B2 - of the cylinder lifting valve (B1-1)
- of the cylinder lowering valve (B2-1).
B5
A5
B4
From the base control panel (A1-3), extend/retract the jib

(command maintained) and adjust the valve settings to obtain:
A4
B3
A3
• 200 bar jib extended.
A2
• 80 bar jib retracted.
B2
1
B1
Refit the caps.
A1
Compensating/tilting supply circuit valves

B3
2 Decompress the compensating/tilting valve supply hoses by
FRONT
proceeding as follows (B3):
70
1 1 - From the base control panel (A1-3), raise arm 3 to mid
stroke.
2 - Fully extend the tilting cylinder.
4
3 - Lower arm 3 to the down position.
4 - Raise arm 3 by 1 cm.
3 Remove the hoses from the distributor block (B4-1).
Insert tee couplings between the distributor block and the
hoses (B4-2).
Take a straight coupler (B4-3) at attach it to one of the tee
couplings.
B4 Take a cap (B4-4) and place in on the remaining tee coupling.
A5
T For information:
ON
M1
FR - Outlet (B4-5) A1: Tilt out (tilting cylinder extension).

B5
B4 A4
- Outlet (B4-6) B1: Tilt in (tilting cylinder retraction).

A3
B3
M
A2
B2
B1
B1
6
A1
A1 3
4 2
5
2 1
(23/10/2015) 70-04-M158EN
B5 Tilting cylinder extension valve adjustment
- From the base control panel, raise arm 3 to mid stroke

(B5‑black arrow).
- From the base control panel, tilt the basket (B5-white arrow)
until the cylinder is fully extended.
FRONT
B6 - Lower arm 3 (B6) and simultaneously check that the manometer

connected to the outlet (B4-5), displays a pressure of 200 bar.
FRONT
If the value displayed is different, adjust the tilting cylinder

B7 extension valve (B7-1).
NT
FRO
70
A5
- From the base control panel, lower arm 3 (B6) and simultaneously
adjust the valve setting to obtain 200 bar.
M1
B5
B4 A4
A3
B3
M
A2
B2
B1
1
A1
70-04-M158EN (23/10/2015)
B8 Tilting cylinder extension valve adjustment
- From the base control panel, tilt the basket until the cylinder
is fully retracted (B8).
FRONT
B9 - Raise arm 3 (B9) and simultaneously check that the manometer

connected to the outlet (B4-6), displays a pressure of 100 bar.
FRONT
- If the value displayed is different, adjust the tilting cylinder

T
B10 retraction valve (B10-1).
N
FRO M1
70
- From the base control panel, raise arm 3 (B9) and simultaneously
B5
A5
adjust the valve setting to obtain 100 bar.

B4
A4 - Refit the cap.

A3
Decompress the hoses (see beginning of section).

B3
A2
B2
Return the hydraulic hoses to their original configuration.
B1
Close the right-hand turret cover panel.
A1
Perform lifting, telescoping, tilting and tilt-up movements.
1
Check the hydraulic oil level and top up if necessary.
(23/10/2015) 70-04-M158EN
C1 C - COMPENSATING/TILTING CIRCUIT
2
Resolving problems
1
If the basket does not remain in position and drops under
4 gravity when the access platform is not in operation, perform
the following test procedure.
3
Test procedure
FRONT
Decompress the compensating/tilting valve supply hoses by
proceeding as follows (C1):
1 - From the base control panel (A1-3), raise arm 3 to mid
C2 stroke.
1
2
2 - Fully extend the tilting cylinder.
3 - Lower arm 3 to the down position.
4 - Raise arm 3 by 1 cm.
1
Front 2
1 - Take a drain pan and place it under the compensating cylinder.
- Identify the hoses connected to the compensating cylinder
2 1
lower chamber (C2-1), and undo them.
- Take a straight MA 8S/MA 8S coupler (Part no. 201746) and
2
connect the hoses of the lower chamber (C2-1).
After - Repeat the operation with the hoses connected to the upper
chamber (C2-2) in such a way that the cylinder is completely
C3 by-passed.
M1
A5
- Remove the hoses from the distributor block (C3-1).
- Insert tee couplings between the distributor block and the
70
B5
B4 A4
A3 0 400
hoses (C3-2).
B3
3
- Take a 0 - 400 bar manometer (C3-3) and connect it to the
M
A2 0 100
4
B2
B1 B1 left-hand tee coupling: outlet A1.

A1
A1 2
- Take a 0 - 100 bar manometer (C3-4) and connect it to the
right-hand tee coupling: outlet B1.
2
- Tilt the basket and jib to their maximum extent (C4) several
times from the base control panel (A1-3) to pressurize the
1 hydraulic circuit.
1
- Place the basket in the horizontal position.
- Switch off the engine.
C4 - Note the pressure readings displayed by the two manometers.
- Check that the basket does not drop.
NOTE:
This procedure may take a long time (several hours).
FRONT
70-04-M158EN (23/10/2015)
Analysis of results
The basket remains in position and the hydraulic pressure has not dropped: the cylinder or the seals of the
compensating cylinder are faulty.
- Remove the compensating cylinder: e 70 - HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL
-R emove the cylinder and check the condition of the seals. Change the seals if needed
- Check the condition of the cylinder barrel. Replace the cylinder if it has scratch marks or traces of rust
or pollution.
The basket remains in position and the hydraulic pressure has dropped in one or both hydraulic lines: there
is a problem with the seal or the settings of one or both valves of the distributor block.
-D ecompress the compensating/tilting circuit supply hoses.
- Remove the valve(s) and check the appearance of the seals. Change the valves if the seals are defective.
-R efit the valves then check their adjustment.
The basket drops, the pressure on both manometers tends to balance (+/- 10 bars) or the pressure remains
constant in line A1 and falls in line B1.
-D ecompress the compensating/tilting circuit supply hoses.
-R emove the telescope cylinder: e 70 - HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL
- Remove the cylinder and check the condition of the seals. Change the seals if needed
- Check the condition of the cylinder barrel. Replace the cylinder if it has scratch marks or traces of rust
or pollution
70
(23/10/2015) 70-04-M158EN
70
70-04-M158EN (23/10/2015)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL
pages
REMOVAL OF PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR ELEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CYLINDER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– PREPARING THE PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– DECOMPRESSION OF HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– CYLINDER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
70
–– CYLINDER REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– REMOVAL OF VALVE BLOCKS AND VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(04/11/2015) 70-06-M158EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL
A REMOVAL OF PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR

ELEMENTS
Locate the proportional distributor (A-1).

1
T
ON Decompress all the hoses connected to the distributor.
FR
Identify and remove the hoses.

B
Locate the wiring harnesses connected to the control blocks
2 (B-1) and disconnect them.
Remove the fastening screws (B-2) and remove the proportional

distributor block.
Remove the element(s) to be changed (various open-end and

hexagon socket wrenches).
1
REFIT
Perform the operations described above in reverse order.
bb
70
Check the calibration settings before restarting the

machine e 70 - HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
70-06-M158EN (04/11/2015)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REMOVAL 3
C DISTRIBUTOR BLOCK REMOVAL
Locate the distributor block (C-1).
1 Decompress all the hoses connected to the distributor e "Hose

T
FR
ON decompression".
Identify and remove the hoses.

D
Identify the wiring harnesses connected to the solenoids (D-1)
and disconnect them.
A5
M1
1 B5 Remove the fastening screws (E-1) and remove the distributor

block.
B4 A4
A3
B3
M
A2
B2
B1
A1
REFIT
E
Perform the operations described above in reverse order.
bb
70
1 Check the calibration settings before restarting the
machine e 70 - HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
(04/11/2015) 70-06-M158EN
F CYLINDER REMOVAL
PREPARING THE PLATFORM
2 Place the machine on level ground.

1
From the base control panel and depending on the cylinder to

3 be removed, raise arms 1/2, raise arm 3, extend the telescope,
or extend the jib.
Hold by wedging or by means of a sling hung from a hoist.
For the jib (F-1), tilting (F-2), compensating (G-1) and telescope
G
cylinders:
- Set the basket down on a block (F-3).
bb
1
Warning, for the tilting/compensating cylinders, the

basket is immobilized AFTER decompressing the hoses.
For the arm 1/2 (I-3) and arm 3 cylinders (I-4):
- From the base console, raise arms 1/2 until the upper hinge
(H-1) is one meter above the counterweight.
H - Climb onto the frame, remove the locking pin, manually raise
the maintenance support arm into the vertical position (I-1)
and place the strut (I-2).
70
- From the base console, lower arms 1/2 until the upper hinge
(H-1) comes into contact with the maintenance support arm,
bb
then release the controls.
1
4
3
2
70-06-M158EN (04/11/2015)
J DECOMPRESSION OF HOSES
Hose decompression: lifting and telescope cylinders
Open the right-hand turret cover panel and locate the proportional
distributor (J-1).
Take the lever (J-2) that is placed on a holder to the left of the
3
1
distributor and place it on the distributor as required (J-3).
Pull and push on the lever to balance the pressure in the hoses
2 connected to the cylinder concerned:
- on the arm 1/2 lifting cylinder distributor control (K-1),
K - on the telescope cylinder distributor control (K-2),
bb
- on the arm 3 lifting cylinder distributor control (K-3).
1
Hold the lever in each position for about 10 seconds.
2
Jib cylinder hose decompression
3
Open the right-hand turret cover panel and locate the distributor
4 block (L-1).
Grasp the controller of one of the two jib valves (L-2) and
manually operate it by turning it clockwise as far as it will go.
L Take the lever (J-2) and place it on the distributor's jib cylinder
control (K-4).
70
bb
Pull then push on the lever.
1
Hold the lever in each position for about 10 seconds.
Return the manual valve controller to its initial position.
Perform the same operation for the other valve.

2
Compensating/tilting circuit supply hose decompression
M From the base control console, raise arm 3 by 10° relative to its
1 down position (M-1).
2 Fully extend the tilting cylinder (M-2).
Lower arm 3 to the down position.
Raise arm 3: extend the cylinder rod by 1 cm.
(04/11/2015) 70-06-M158EN
CYLINDER REMOVAL
bb Before performing any cylinder removal operations: e § "Hose decompression"
All cylinders except turret rotation
Identify, remove and plug the hydraulic hoses connected to the cylinder to be removed. Proceed as
follows:
- Place a drain pan under the hoses to be removed.
- Slowly undo the hose fastening screws, a quarter-turn at a time, to release the residual pressure.
- Once the pressure has fallen, fully remove the hoses and insert a plug into them:
12S: Arm 1/2, arm 3 lifting, telescope.
8S: Compensating, tilting, jib.
Take the necessary tools for removing the desired cylinder:
Compensating cylinder................................. 26kg

Tilting cylinder.................................................. 32kg
Arm 1/2 lifting cylinder................................. 80kg
Arm 3 lifting cylinder..................................... 46kg
Jib cylinder......................................................... 33kg
Telescope cylinder.......................................... 101kg
70
70-06-M158EN (04/11/2015)
N Basket rotation cylinder

NT
FRO
Place the platform in the transport position.

1
Attach a sling hung from a hoist o several points on the basket
or pace the forks of a lift truck under the basket.
Locate the basket rotation cylinder (N-1) situated between the

jib head and the basket pivot joint.
O
Remove the fastening screws (O-1).
NT 3
FRO Remove the basket rotation pivot pin:
1
5 - Remove the nut (O-2).

6 - Remove the pin (O-3) while holding the basket.
4 Remove the clevis of the overload rotation support (O-4) from

the basket rotation cylinder by moving the basket sideways
(O-5) approximately fifteen centimeters.
2
P
bb Do not pull on the wiring harnesses in the black plastic
spiral sheath (Q-6).
Remove the casing fastening screws (P-1) and remove the casing.
NT
70
FRO Place a drain pan under the cylinder valve block (P-2).
1 Remove the elbow fittings (P-3), fit MA8S plugs and drain the
2 oil from the cylinder.
5
4 3 Remove the straight couplers (P-4).
Remove the fastening screw (R-5) from the cylinder with the
jib head.
Remove the rotation cylinder.
Q REFIT
T
FR ON Perform the removal operations in reverse order.
1
bb Before assembling the cylinder with the jib head, thread
the hoses though the holes (Q-1).
(04/11/2015) 70-06-M158EN
CYLINDER REFIT
1 Switch on the machine, start the engine and perform a complete

test of all machine movements.
Bleed the compensating/tilting circuit: whenever technical

maintenance is performed on the compensating/tilting hydraulic
2 circuit, bleeding must be carried out as described below:
A - Perform steps 1 and 2 several times to the maximum extent.
B - Raise arm 3 as high as it will go, step 3.
C - Perform steps 4 and 5 to the maximum extent.
D - Lower arm 3 as far as it will go, step 6.
E - Repeat the above steps several times.
3 F - Place the basket horizontal.
G - Check that the basket remains in the horizontal position

throughout the arm 3 raising step.
H - Check that the basket remains in the horizontal position

throughout a complete arm 3 lowering operation.
70
Switch off the engine, check the hydraulic oil level in the tank
and top up the oil level if required.
6
70-06-M158EN (04/11/2015)
A REMOVAL OF VALVE BLOCKS AND VALVES
bb
1
HAUT
he pressures in the chambers of a cylinder fitted with
T
valves can be very high (greater than 100 bar in particular
in the compensating/tilting circuit) even after removal. The
BAS pressures in the chambers should be eliminated before
beginning dismantling operations.
Removal of a fitted valve block
2
bb I n order to avoid pressurized oil spraying out, the operator
should position the cylinder contact face between the valve
block and the cylinder vertically (A-1).
B
Secure the cylinder body in a vise.
1
Loosen the fastening screws of the block (A-2) in turn: a maximum
of one quarter-turn per screw.
Undo the screws one quarter-turn at a time with the wrench until
the pressure is released.
2
Removal of a valve
2
Secure the cylinder body in a vise.
bb I n order to avoid pressurized oil being sprayed, the operator should protections (R-1) over the
valve seat after placing the wrench.
70
Loosen the valves (B-2) in turn: a maximum of one quarter-turn per valve.
Undo the valves a quarter-turn at a time with the wrench until the pressure is released.
(04/11/2015) 70-06-M158EN
70
70-06-M158EN (04/11/2015)
HYDRAULIC SPECIFIC TOOLING
pages
BASIC MANOMETER SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

DIGITAL MANOMETER SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
70
(05/11/2015) 70-09-M158EN
2 HYDRAULIC SPECIFIC TOOLING
BASIC MANOMETER SET
This kit contains all the necessary elements for the pressure
test ports on all Manitou products.
1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6
70
8 7
Basic Manometer Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549671
Consisting of:
1. 1 Manometer 1/9 bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549882

2. 1 Manometer 0/40 bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549883
3. 2 Manometers 0/60 bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549884
4. 1 Manometer 0/400 bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549885
5. 2 Manometers 0/600 bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549886
6. 4 Standard hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549887
7. 2 Hoses for Maniscopic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549888
8. 7 Manometer ports 549889
70-09-M158EN (05/11/2015)
HYDRAULIC SPECIFIC TOOLING 3
DIGITAL MANOMETER SET
FUNCTIONS:
• Mano Function: the following combinations can be displayed:
⇒⇒ The upstream pressure temperature at +/- 2°C

⇒⇒ The upstream temperature P1 with its min. and max. (700
bars in Class 0.1)
⇒⇒ The downstream pressure P2 with its min. and max. (700
bars in Class 0.1)
⇒⇒ The differential pressure ΔP=P1-P
• Hold Function: the operator is able to freeze the display at any

time in order to take notes
• Unit Function: the operator can change the measurement unit

(bars, psi, kPa, mCe) at any time.
• Tare Function: makes it possible to perform a zero offset
• Leakage Test Function: enables the pressure variation to be

measured over a programmed time period
• Recording Function: a max. of 16,000 values may be recorded.

The sampling period can be configured.
70
• Zero Function: the zero is performed on the 2 sensors
Digital Manometer Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662187
Consisting of:
1. 1 Mano digital manometer ΔP HP 700 bar

2. 1 Measurement hose DN2 1215/1620, L = 1.5m, 630 bars
3. 2 Measurement hoses DN2 1620/1620, L = 1.5m, 630 bars
4. 2 Manometer adaptors 1620
(05/11/2015) 70-09-M158EN
4 HYDRAULIC SPECIFIC TOOLING
70
70-09-M158EN (05/11/2015)
ELECTRICITY
- ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND

SPECIFICATIONS
- ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
- ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
- ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
- ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
80
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
pages
DATA SHEETS FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
80
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
2 SPECIFICATIONS
80
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 3
DATA SHEETS FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Electrical ref. Designation Pages
HORN 4
ROTATING BEACON LIGHT 4
LEVELING UNIT 5
LEVELING UNIT 5
FUEL GAUGE 6
SA1 + SA2 JOYSTICK 7
SA3 JOYSTICK 7
S2 IGNITION KEY 8
S4 + S11 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON 8
S9 + S14 OVERLOAD SENSOR 9
AXLE DETECTOR 9
ARM DOWN SENSOR 10
RETRACTED TELESCOPE SENSOR 10
EV1 HYDRAULIC SAFETY ELECTROVALVE 11
EV2 + EV3 OSCILLATION ELECTROVALVE 11
EV4 + EV17 BRAKE UNIT ELECTROVALVE 12
EV5 + EV6 STEERING MODE ELECTROVALVE 12
EV7 + EV8 STEERING ELECTROVALVE 13
EV9 + EV10 TURRET ROTATION ELECTROVALVE 13
EV11 à EV14 BASKET ROTATION/INCLINATION ELECTROVALVE 14
EV15 + EV16 JIB LIFTING ELECTROVALVE 14
EW1 + EW2 PUMP ELECTROVALVE 15
EW3 ACCLERATOR ELECTROVALVE 15
80
EW4 GENERATOR ELECTROVALVE 16
EW5 to EW8 PROPORTIONAL ELECTROVALVE CONTROL 16
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
4 SPECIFICATIONS
HORN
PIN Function
1 Ground
(+)
2
1 2 Power supply
Corresponding connector
-H1
(-)
Diagram
PIN Min. Typical Max.

Supply voltage 2 12 V
Consumption 2 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
ROTATING BEACON LIGHT
PIN Function
X145A Power supply

-H2
(+)
-H2
(+)
M X145B Ground
80
M
(-)
(-)
Masse
chassis
Masse
chassis
Diagram

Supply voltage X145A 12 V
Consumption 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 5
LEVELING UNIT
PIN Function
A A Power supply
C
A
B
C
B Ground
(-)
B
(s
(+
C Tilt indicator signal
Diagram

Supply voltage A 12 V
Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
LEVELING UNIT
PIN Function
A A Power supply
C
A
B
C
B Ground
)
(-)
B
(s
(+
80
A
C Tilt indicator signal
B
C Corresponding connector
Diagram

Supply voltage A 12 V
Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
6 SPECIFICATIONS
FUEL GAUGE
PIN Function
1 Diesel level signal
1
2
1 2 Power supply
Diagram

Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 7
SA1 + SA2 JOYSTICK
PIN Function
A1 Joystick power supply
A2 Joystick signal X -SA1
A1
1 A3 Not neutral N N
(+)
(+)
Y X
Neutre
Y X
2
(-)
(-)
3 A4 N. C.
N.C.
6
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
5
4
A5 Joystick signal Y
A6 Ground
Diagram

Supply voltage A1 12 V
Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
SA3 JOYSTICK
PIN Function
A1 Joystick power supply

N.C.
A2 L/R BP power supply -SA3

A1
B2
A3
A2
1
N.C.
2
80
(+)
A3 Trigger power supply Neutre

Y
4 Y
3
B6 Gachette
A4 Ground
B3 Dir. Gau
B4 Dir. Drt
(-)
A4
B1
B5
B1 Joystick signal X
B2 N. C.
1 B3 BP left-hand NO
2 Diagram
3 B4 BP right-hand NO
6
5
4 B5 Not neutral
B6 Trigger NO

Supply voltage A3 12 V
Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
8 SPECIFICATIONS
S2 IGNITION KEY
PIN Function
30 NO contact
30
15 0 I
-S2
15
Diagram

Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
S4 + S11 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
PIN Function
NF1+ NF Switch
NF2+ NF Switch
80
-S4
NF1- NF1 NF2
NF2-
Diagram

Supply voltage 12 V
Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 9
S9 + S14 OVERLOAD SENSOR
PIN Function
1
1 1 Power supply
N.C.
2 2 Sensor signal
-S14
676845
N.C.
2
Diagram

Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
AXLE DETECTOR
PIN Function
A Sensor signal
A
C
B
B Power supply
80
)
(-)
C
(s
(+
C Ground
Diagram

Supply voltage B 12 V
Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
10 SPECIFICATIONS
ARM DOWN SENSOR
PIN Function
1 Power supply
2
2
2 Sensor signal
)
1
(s
(+
Diagram

Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
RETRACTED TELESCOPE SENSOR
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Sensor signal
)
1
(s
(+
80
Diagram

Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 11
EV1 HYDRAULIC SAFETY ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
3
1
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
2
-EV
3 N. C.
2
Diagram

Consumption
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
EV2 + EV3 OSCILLATION ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
80
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
12 SPECIFICATIONS
EV4 + EV17 BRAKE UNIT ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
EV5 + EV6 STEERING MODE ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
80
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 13
EV7 + EV8 STEERING ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
EV9 + EV10 TURRET ROTATION ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
80
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
14 SPECIFICATIONS
EV11 à EV14 BASKET ROTATION/INCLINATION ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
EV15 + EV16 JIB LIFTING ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
1
2 Ground
80
-EV
2
Diagram

Consumption 1 3A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
SPECIFICATIONS 15
EW1 + EW2 PUMP ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Power supply
2 Ground
2
-EW1 -EW2
1
Diagram

Consumption 1 1.9 A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
EW3 ACCLERATOR ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Ground
2
2 Power supply
80
-EW
1
Diagram

Consumption 2 1.9 A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(17/11/2015) 80-01-M158EN
16 SPECIFICATIONS
EW4 GENERATOR ELECTROVALVE
PIN Function
1 Ground
2
2 Power supply
-EW
1
Diagram

Consumption 2 1.9 A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
EW5 to EW8 PROPORTIONAL ELECTROVALVE CONTROL
PIN Function
1 PVG control
1
2 Power supply +
80
s
déf. -
3 Ground EW
4
4 N. C.
Diagram

Consumption 2 1.4 A
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M158EN (17/11/2015)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
pages
WIRING DIAGRAMS (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

BRC 303 WIRING DIAGRAMS (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CONSOLE WIRING DIAGRAMS (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
POSITION OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS BY DIAGRAM (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . 6
–– POSITION OF MODULES AND MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– POSITION OF FUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– POSITION OF ELECTROVALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– POSITION OF PUSHBUTTON AND SELECTOR SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– POSITION OF INDICATOR LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– POSITION OF SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– POSITION OF RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
80
WIRING DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION (FROM NO.949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– DIAGRAM 2 – CAN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
–– DIAGRAM 3 - TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
–– DIAGRAM 4 - PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC MOVEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
–– DIAGRAM 5 - ON-OFF HYDRAULIC MOVEMENTS (ON/OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– DIAGRAM 6 - SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
–– DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING/ SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
–– DIAGRAM 8 - OVERLOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(06/07/2017) 80-02-M158EN
2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
WIRING DIAGRAMS (up to No. 949266) ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3
Câble BusCAN Liste des connections X22A

Terminaison CAN 1 Blanc/Marron +Alim manipulateur
2 Marron Masse manipulateur
Alim. Capteurs + Inters
Marron
Rotation panier
Blanc
Direction
Pendulaire
Inclinaison
M000
Vitesse
120 Subd 9pts Femelle
1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 M010 5 4
9 8
3
7
2
6
1
Liste des connections X22B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Blanc Alim. Capteurs
Gauche
Cavage
Descente
différentiel
4 Roues
C1-32 Déversement
Déverrouillage
dévers
Klaxon
Tortue
Lièvre
Crabe
Droite
1 Blanc/Noir Commun Direction
Montée
Blocage
Témoin Témoin Témoin Témoin Témoin Témoin Témoin Vert/Noir Gachette
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
niveau bas préchauffage surcharge défaut défaut pont pont
gasoil dévers moteur arrière avant J2 2 Jaune/Noir Direction Gauche
3 Gris/Noir Direction Droite
Outtor9 C1-11
C1-33
C1-34
C1-35
C1-37
C1-38
C1-36
C1-41
Intor10 C1-39
Intor11 C1-40
Intor19 C1-20
Intor18 C1-21
Intor15 C1-24
4 Gris Manip. Avancement
Outtor7 C1-9
Outtor6 C1-8
Outtor5 C1-7
Outtor4 C1-6
Outtor3 C1-5
Outtor2 C1-4
Outtor1 C1-3
5 Vert Switch Neutre Manip.
6 _ _
Intor6
Intor7
Intor2
Intor3
Intor4
Intor5
Intor8
Intor9
Calculateur Liste des connections X23
Intor12
Inana1
Inana0
Outtor8
Outtor0
GND
UPC101 1 Blanc Pédale Homme Mort
Intor16
Intor17
Intor14
Intor13
Inana4
Inana5
Inana3
Inana2
+APC
Intor0
Intor1
+BAT
2 Marron GND
M040 3 Jaune Rotation Tourelle
4 Gris Bras 3
C1-14
C1-10
C1-23
C1-22
C1-25
C1-30
C1-31
C1-12
C1-13
C1-19
C1-18
C1-26
C1-28
C1-17
C1-16
C1-27
C1-1
C1-2
de secours
Démarrage
BP pompe
5 Vert Switch Neutre Manip
1
NF1
NF2
6 _ _
AU2
BP
Avertisseur
sonore
2
2
Liste des connections X24
1 Blanc Pédale Homme Mort
2 Marron GND
DT 06-6S DT 06-6S 3 Jaune Télescope
4 Gris Bras 1/2
Câble BusCAN 1
2
6
5
1
2
6
5 5 Vert Switch Neutre Manip
6 _ _
3 4 3 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
5
6
1
2
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
X22A X22B X23 DT 04-6P X24 DT 04-6P
X18
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
6
5
1
2
6
5 Vert 1 1
3 4 3 4
Bleu 2 2
EP19
PHM
Gachette Gachette Homme mort

DT 06-2S DT 04-2P
Pédale Homme Mort

Switch neutre manip
Switch neutre manip
Pédale Homme Mort

Pédale
Commun Direction
Direction Gauche
homme mort
Rotation tourelle
1 2 1 2
Direction Droite
Alim. capteurs
Signal manip.
Neutre manip
Télescope
Gachette
Bras 1/2
Bras 3
CROUZET 83 875 301

GND
GND
GND
X19 Noir Marron
Intor Surcharge1 HBT1 (NF)
Marron A A Marron Noir

X Y X Y
Neutre
Neutre
Neutre
Gauche
B B Bleu
75%
Arrêt d'urgence panier
Droite
Noir/Blanc
75%
75%
Gris C C Noir/Blanc
Outtor Surcharge1
Péd. Homme mort
Bleu
AU Panier (NF1)
AU Panier (NF2)
Pompe secours
DT 06-3S DT 04-3P
Capteur de
Démarrage
L208
Cde Panier
25%
25%
25%
B A
A B
C surcharge 1
CAN_H
C
CAN_L
HD34 1814PN
+APC
+BAT
GND
P
E N
F D M
Manipulateur Manipulateur Manipulateur

PUPITRE
A C
rotation tourelle télescope

G L
avancement
X21
B
M
G
C
D
N
A
B
H K
F
L
J
J
et bras 3 et bras 1/2
HD36 1814 SN
M
CROUZET 83 875 301

G
C
D
Blanc/Vert N
A
B
P
F
L
J
X20
P
L201
E N
Marron
Violet
F
A
D
C
M
L
Vert Noir
Rose
Q127
G
B
Bleu A A Marron Noir
Câble BusCAN Câble BusCAN
H K
J
Jaune B B Bleu Noir/Blanc

Blanc Terminaison CAN
EP01
EP02
C C Noir/Blanc
EP03
EP04
Bleu
Subd 9pts Femelle 3x0,75mm² Q130
DT 06-3S DT 04-3P
Jaune/Marron
EP05
Capteur de
Blanc/Jaune
L208
5 4 3 2 1
Marron/Vert
Rouge/Bleu
Subd 9pts Femelle
Marron
Marron
9 8 7 6
Blanc/Vert
surcharge 2
Gris/Rose
Marron
Marron
B A A B
Blanc
Blanc
C
Blanc
Blanc
PANIER
C
Marron
Rouge
5 4 3 2 1
Jaune
Vert
Blanc
Violet
Rose
9 8 7 6
Bleu
Gris
Vert
Noir
K100
120
DB 3W3 Femelle Subd 9pts Mâle

J010 J040 J080
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A1 A2 A3 1 2 3 4 5
A1
A2
A3
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6 7 8 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Moteur thermique
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J1 J2
A1
A2
A3
J2
Démarrage
Base+HM
Capteur n°1 Capteur n°2 30
Panier
Jaune/Marron
Capteur n°1 Capteur n°2 Capteur n°1 Capteur n°2
Bras 3 Bras 3 L210
Blanc/Jaune
0 1 2
Marron/Vert
Rouge/Bleu
Bras bas Bras bas Télescope Télescope
Blanc/Vert
Gris/Rose
CROUZET 83 871 301 CROUZET 83 871 301
contact
Clé de
IFM 5820 IFM 5820 IFM 5820 IFM 5820
Marron
Jaune
Rouge
Blanc
DT 04-12P
Violet
0 1 2 0 1 2
Rose
Vert
Bleu
Noir
Gris
DT 04-4P Calculateur J020 J030 15 50
1 12
2 11
3 10
4 9
5 8
6 7
UPC30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
23
1
2
3
4
Gris
14
Ecran
Noir/Blanc
Noir/Blanc
X16 X17
Marron
Marron
DT 06-4S
L202 L202 L203 L203 DT 06-12S
Bleu
Bleu
CEK20
Régime maxi
10
11
12
Noir
Noir
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
23
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
Jaune/Marron
12
11
10
L209 L209
9
8
7
Blanc/Jaune
1
Marron/Vert
Rouge/Bleu
BP pompe
NF1
NF2
Blanc/Vert
Gris/Rose
AU1
de secours
Marron
Jaune
Blanc
DT 04-2P
Rouge
Vert
Violet
DT 04-2P DT 04-2P DT 04-2P
Rose
Bleu
J040
Noir
Gris
2
1
C1 C2
Marron
2 1
Marron
X12
Bleu
2 1 2 1 2 1
Bleu
Gris
Rouge/Bleu
DT 04-2P DT 06-2S X13 X14 X15
Gris/Rose
DT 04-2P
DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S
1
Marron
Marron
Rouge
2
2
1
Jaune
Blanc
Blanc
Violet
2 1
Rose
2 1
Bleu
2 1
Gris
Vert
Noir
2 1 2 1 2 1
Blanc CAN_L
X10 X11
Com Rouge1
Com. Blanc
Com. Blanc
DT 06-2S Marron CAN_H

Com Blanc3
DT 06-2S
1
Q101
1
Marron
Vert GND
Q102
Blanc
Jaune
2 1 2 1
Vert
Com Blanc2
Jaune +BAT
I100
Com Blanc1
Gris Pompe secours

EP02
Blanc
Rose Arrêt d'urgence panier Q129

Marron
Bleu AU Panier (NF1)

Q131
Com Rouge2
EP01
Rouge AU Panier (NF2)

L205 Pompe
16x1mm²
Rouge
Noir +APC
de secours
Gris
Com Blanc1
Com Blanc3
Violet Cde Panier

Marron
Blanc
Vert
Gris/Rose Démarrage
DT 06-3S Huile moteur Eau moteur M
Vert
Rouge/Bleu Outtor Surcharge1

C
A
B
Indicateur Blanc/Vert Péd. Homme mort Pompe avancement

Q100
B A
C
X2 DT 04-3P
dévers Marron/Vert Alim. Capteurs
Avant Arrière F
Blanc/Jaune Surcharge2 (NF) Jauge gasoil
Blanc/Violet Noir
C
Com Rouge2 A
B
A B
1 1
C Jaune/Marron Surcharge2 (N0) 1 1
35mm²
35mm²
35mm²
Q106
80
Bleu 2 2 2 2 Blanc/Noir
Rose
Bleu
L207
+
Hirschmann Hirschmann Marron

Bleu
Blanc/Bleu
M M
Vert
1 2 1 2
Jaune/Marron
L204
Blanc/Jaune
Marron/Vert
Rouge/Bleu
Avertisseur L104
Blanc/Vert
PVG bras 1/2 PVG télescope PVG bras 3 PVG N°4
Gris/Rose
Sécurité sonore Gyrophare
Coffret de raccordement
Marron
Hydraulique DT 04-3P
Rouge
EV19 EV20 EV21 EV22 DT 04-2P
Jaune
L105
Blanc
Violet
Rose
Valve PVPX
Bleu
Vert
Noir
Gris
2
DT 04-12P
BRC303
A B C A B 1 2
DT 04-4P
X9
C
EV18
X6 DT 06-2S Bleu 6mm² Masse Tourelle
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1 12
2 11
3 10
4 9
5 8
6 7
Marron
23
DT 06-3S 55W
Rouge
Blanc 2
A B C
Jaune
Blanc
14
Rose
Bleu
Vert
X8 60A
Gris
1 2
MF2
X7
2 R
3 R
B A
R
R
R
R
R
R
Vert
DT 04-8P
C
DT 06-4S 10 DT 06-12S Marron 6mm² Relais Préchauffage / Fusible Fusible / +Bat
11
12
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
23
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
Jaune/Marron
J050 J070
12 1
11 2
10 3
9 4
8 5
7 6
14
8
7
6
5
Blanc/Jaune
X5
Marron/Vert
Rouge/Bleu
Q105
+Bat Général
1
2
3
4
Blanc/Vert
DT 06-2S
Gris/Rose
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Blanc
Marron
Marron
Blanc
Blanc
Blanc
Blanc
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Marron
Rouge
Vert
Vert
Jaune
Vert
Vert
Vert
Vert
C1 C2
Blanc
Violet
DT 06-8S
Bleu
Bleu
Rose
1 2
Bleu
Vert
Noir
Gris
Marron
Rouge
Q104
8
7
6
5
Rouge 2.5mm²
Jaune
Blanc
Blanc 2.5mm²
Hirschmann AMP-4P AMP-4P AMP-4P AMP-4P
Rose
Bleu
1
2
3
4
Q103
Q126
Vert
Q128
Gris
Rouge 1.5mm²
Blanc/Marron
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Q111
Q110
Q109
Q108
Q107
Noir/Violet
M
I maintient = 0,7A
Blanc/Rouge
I = 54A Blanc 6mm² Imax = 55A
Q125
1 2
I appel = 30A
Gris
Noir 10mm²
Jaune
Rouge 6mm²
50mm²
Q112
Marron 6mm²
Bougies de préchauffage
50mm² 35mm²
IG
2
Excitation
D+
M
Injection
Synchro
moteur
HOLD
PULL
R R R R
Télescope /
start
Capteurs
bras bas
+BAT W
Alternateur L106 L102
35mm²
démarreur 70A 12V
110h/A
Masse moteur / Massen tourelle
L103
Gestion moteur KUBOTA Masse moteur L101 Masse tourelle
Gris/Rose3
Gris/Rose
Noir3
Faisceau collecteur
Noir
Faisceau chassis
X1
Gris/Rose 3
Rouge3
Rouge
Gris/Rose 1 1 Gris/Rose
Bleu3
Q124
Q123
Q122
Q121
Q120
Q119
Q118
Q117
Q116
Q115
Q114
Noir 3
Bleu
Blanc
Noir Noir
EP02
2 2
Vert3
Vert
Violet3
Rouge/Bleu 3 3 Rouge/Bleu
EP01
Violet
DT 06-3S
A Rouge/Bleu
Blanc Blanc
B Gris/Rose2
4 4
EP05
EP06
Rose 5 5 Rose
EP04
DT 06-3S
C
A
B
B A
Marron Marron
X3
Rouge3
6 6
2 Rouge 2
C
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
Marron
DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S DT 06-2S
C Noir2
EP03
Marron
Violet2
Violet3
Violet Violet
Bleu3
7 7
Jaune
1 Bleu 2
B A
DT 04-3P
Vert2
Vert3
Rose
Vert
Vert
Vert
Vert
Vert
Vert
Vert
C
Vert
Vert
Vert
Vert
Jaune Jaune
Gris
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 8 8
DT 04-3P
C
A
B
Gris Gris
A B
C
X2 L206 Vert
9
10
9
10 Vert Q113
1
A B
Bleu 11 11 Bleu
1
C
1
1
Rouge 12 12 Rouge
C
A
B
1
2
1
2
1
DT 04-12P DT 06-12S
+
+
s
s
-
EV17 EV7 EV8 EV9 EV10 EV11 EV12 EV13 EV14 EV15 EV16 EV1 EV2 EV3 EV4 EV5 EV6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 12
2 11
3 10
4 9
5 8
6 7
12
11
10
9
8
7
Génératrice Rotation Rotation Rotation Rotation Direction Direction Levage Desccente Inclinaison Inclinaison Détecteur Direction Direction Direction Frein Oscillation 1 Oscillation 2 Détecteur
Panier gauche panier droit tourelle gauche tourelle droite gauche droite pendulaire pendulaire déversement cavage crabe 4 roues différentiel pont AR
pont AV
Bloc frein Bloc frein Bloc option
(06/07/2017) 80-02-M158EN
4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS BRC 303 WIRING DIAGRAMS (up to No. 949266)
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
CONSOLE WIRING DIAGRAMS (up to No. 949266) ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 5
80
(06/07/2017) 80-02-M158EN
POSITION OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS BY DIAGRAM (from No. 949267)
POSITION OF MODULES AND MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS POSITION OF ELECTROVALVES
ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8 ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8
- Backup pump ü EV100 Brake electrovalve ü

Dead man pedal ü ü
EV101 Hydraulic safety electrovalve ü ü ü ü
- DIAGNOSTIC plug ü ü
- Base control panel ü ü ü ü ü EV102 Engine stop electrovalve ü
- Basket control panel ü ü ü ü ü ü ü EV103 Differential lock electrovalve ü
BRC30 BRC30 module ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü EV104 Crab electrovalve ü
CEK20 Base control panel display ü ü EV105 4-Wheel PVG electrovalve ü
OU100 Rotating beacon light ü
EV106 RH steering PVG electrovalve ü
OU102 Horn ü
OU105 Anti-start ü EV107 LH steering PVG electrovalve ü
OU110 Flashing light ü EV108 Turret RH rotation electrovalve ü
OU300 Basket buzzer ü
EV109 Turret LH rotation electrovalve ü
OU308 Overload Safety (on UPC102) ü ü
Basket tilting extend
OU310 + basket sensor (on UPC102) ü ü
EV110
electrovalve ü
Basket tilting retract
UPC30 UPC30 module ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü EV111
electrovalve ü
UPC102 UPC102 module ü ü ü ü ü ü ü EV112 Basket RH rotation electrovalve ü
POSITION OF FUSES EV113 Basket LH rotation electrovalve ü
ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8 EV114 Jib LIFTING electrovalve ü
F1 5A fuse (BRC30) ü ü EV115 Jib LOWERING electrovalve ü
F2 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü ü EV116 Oscillation electrovalve 1 ü
F3 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü ü EV117 Oscillation electrovalve 2 ü
F4 10A fuse (on BRC30) ü ü ü Forward travel proportional
EW100
electrovalve ü ü
F5 10A fuse (on BRC30) ü
Reverse travel proportional
ü
80
EW101
F6 10A fuse (on BRC30) ü electrovalve
Engine accelerator
F7 5A fuse (on BRC30) ü ü EW102
proportional electrovalve ü ü ü
F8 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü Generator proportional
EW103
electrovalve ü
F9 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü
F10 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü Arm 1/2 lifting proportional
EW105
electrovalve ü
F11 10A fuse (on BRC30) ü ü
Telescope proportional
F12 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü EW106
electrovalve ü
F13 30A fuse (on BRC30) ü EW107
Arm 3 lifting proportional
ü
electrovalve
F14 5A fuse (on BRC30) ü Function block proportional
F17 250 A fuse ü
EW108
electrovalve ü ü ü
F18 250 A fuse ü
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 7
POSITION OF PUSHBUTTON AND SELECTOR SWITCHES POSITION OF SENSORS

ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8 ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8
JO - - - Basket joystick ü ü ü AS100 Fuel gauge ü
AU101 Base emergency stop button ü ü DS100 Oil Pressure Sensor ü
AU102 Basket emergency stop button ü ü DS101 Water Temperature Sensor ü
PB100 Base engine starter PB ü DS102 Oscillation lock pressure switch ü
PB300 Basket engine starter PB ü DS301 Strain gauge 1 - 240 Kg ü
Basket or base backup pump DS302 Strain gauge 2 - 240 Kg ü
PB303
PB ü
IS100 Front axle aligned sensor ü
PB304 Horn PB ü
Travel manipulator
IS101 Rear axle aligned sensor ü
PB305
trigger ü Telescope retracted travel limit
IS200
sensor ü
PB306 Dead man pedal ü ü ü
IS207 Arm down travel limit sensor ü
PB307 Generator PB ü
TS100 Levelling sensor ü
SW100 2 p selector: base/basket ü ü ü ü ü
SW101
2 p selector: engine rpm
override ü ü POSITION OF RELAYS
ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8
SW102 Ignition switch ü ü
- Backup pump relay ü
SW300 3 p selector: Slow travel mode ü Overload safety relay (on
K1
BRC30) ü ü ü ü ü
3 p selector: 4-wheel steering
SW301
mode ü Overload safety relay contact
K1
(on BRC30) ü ü ü ü ü
3 p selector: RH steering on
SW302
manipulator ü Starter control relay contact (on
K2
BRC30) ü
SW303 3 p selector: Basket tilt lifting ü
K2 Starter control relay (on BRC30) ü
SW304 3 p selector: RH basket rotation ü
K3 Engine shutdown relay (on BRC30) ü
SW306 3 p selector: Jib lifting ü Engine shutdown relay contact
3 p selector: LH steering on
K3
(on BRC30) ü
SW307
manipulator ü
Anti-start relay contact (on
3 p selector: Basket tilt
K4
BRC30) ü
SW308
lowering ü
SW309 3 p selector: LH basket rotation ü
K4 Anti-start relay (on BRC30) ü
ü
80
K7 Preheat relay
SW311 3 p selector: Jib lowering ü
K7 Preheat relay contact ü
SW312 3 p selector: Fast travel mode ü KA5 Relay (on BRC30) ü ü
3 p selector: Crab steering
SW313
mode ü KA5 Relay contact (on BRC30) ü ü ü
KA6 Relay (on BRC30) ü ü
KA6 Relay contact (on BRC30) ü ü ü
POSITION OF INDICATOR LAMPS
ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8 ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION
OU301 Front axle aligned indicator lamp ü ID ref. Descriptions Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6 Diagram 7 Diagram 8
OU302 Rear axle aligned indicator lamp ü - Alternator 70 A ü ü
Engine fault indicator - Battery ü
OU303
lamp ü
OU304 Levelling fault indicator lamp ü
- Glow plugs ü
OU305 Overload indicator lamp ü
- Starter ü
OU306 Preheating indicator lamp ü
- Starter excitation ü
OU307 Fuel indicator lamp ü
- Engine injection ü
- Engine earth ü
- Engine ü
(06/07/2017) 80-02-M158EN
WIRING DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION (from No.949267)
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER CIRCUIT

(EMERGENCY STOP LINES, BATTERY +, AFTER CONTACT +, BACKUP PUMP, PREHEAT, ENGINE START, ENGINE STOP, CHARGING CIRCUIT)
Position on
Position on ID Designation
ID Designation diagram 1
diagram 1
Overload safety relay contact (on
K1 E25
- Basket control panel O36 BRC30)
- Backup pump Q3 K2 Starter control relay (on BRC30) C29

- Backup pump relay Q3
Starter control relay contact (on
- Base control panel I36 K2 E17
BRC30)
- Ignition key K40 Engine shutdown relay contact
K3 C15
(on BRC30)
- Engine Q18
K3 Engine shutdown relay (on BRC30) C23
- Alternator Q12
K4 Anti-start relay (on BRC30) C24
- Battery Q9
- DIAGNOSTIC plug G38 K4 Anti-start contact (on BRC30) E29
- Starter excitation Q14 K7 Preheat relay contact E19

- Engine injection Q16 K7 Preheat relay coil C21
- Glow plugs Q18 KA5 +APC relay contact C41
- Engine earth Q20 KA5 Relay E38
- Starter O22 KA6 +APC relay contact C41
- Alternator O23 KA6 Relay E38
- Frame ground S5 OU105 Anti-start C23
AU101 Base emergency stop button K38 PB100 Base engine starter PB K37
AU102 Basket emergency stop button O35 PB300 Basket engine starter PB O40
BRC30 BRC30 MODULE A40 PB303 Base/basket backup pump pushbutton K34/O39
CEK20 Base control panel display G36 SW100 Base / basket selector K36
EV101 Hydraulic safety electrovalve K24 SW101 Force engine rpm elector K33
EV102 Engine stop electrovalve Q16 SW102 Ignition key K40

UPC102 UPC102 module Q37
F1 5A fuse (on BRC30) C35
UPC30 UPC30 module G11
F2 30A fuse (on BRC30) E11
80

F17 250 A fuse O6
F18 350 A fuse O7
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
1
+B
AT
30
2
(06/07/2017)
+BAT30
+A
PC
Légende:
+A
+APC
PC
M
3
52524828
(-)
(+)
-B
+APCM
AT
30
-BAT
+BAT
+APC
de Po
CAN L
CAN H
se mp
co e
52523524
30A
F12
ur -BAT30
s
4
LF12
35mm² -BAT30
M
676866 52523524
F13
30A
LF6
10A
F6
ph
313717
5
1 K7
35mm²
ar Op
e
d tio 52524891
Masse
chassis
pa e t r n
nie ava 2 K8
r il 52524891
M8
M8
6
+BAT30
250 A
52523524 52523524
50mm²
769214
+BAT30
+BATM
52523524 52523524
M8
C2.42
+BATM
7
50mm²
313720
-BAT30
350 A
LF13
52524823
+APC
5A
C2.28
F14
52524823
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER CIRCUIT
+APCM
M8
C1.42
8
52524822
C1.28
F11
10A
-BAT30
50mm²
LF10
50mm² - + 52524822
52524822
+B
679080 AT C1.1 C1.1
9
Ba C1.28 52524822
tt -B
F3
+B
C1.15 C1.15
30A
12 erie AT AT
+BAT30
V C1.42 52524822
-B +B
52524822 AT AT C1.29 C1.29
10
UPC 30
52524822
LF3
+A
PC C1.14 C1.14
52524822
+B
+APC
AT C2.1 C2.1
11
C2.28 52524823
-B
F2
+B
Al 52524823 C2.15 C2.15
30A
te AT AT
+BAT30
rn C2.42 52524823
at
eu (D -B +B
r +) L 1 52524823 AT AT C2.29 C2.29
52523524 52524823
LF2
12
+A
3
(+ IG 2 IN C2.14 C2.14
) TO PC
M
R
+APC
52523524 52524823
1
(W (N
) P 3 C1.6 IN PN C1.31 C1.31
O
TO )
52523524 52524822 R 52524822
13
UT
TO 5
(N
C1.8 R IN PN C1 . 3 5 C1 . 3 5
O 8 TO )
52524822 UT (3 R 52524822
TO
A) 9
(N
C2.10 R IN PN C1.38 C1.38
O 10 TO )
52524823 UT (3 R 52524822
7
14
D10
TO A)
d é Re (N
m la C2.21 R PN C1.41 C1.41
O 22 HS )
K
A
ar i s
re 52523524 52524823 UT (3 CE 52524822
TO A)
ur
C1.7 R 0 C1.20 C1.20
H (W
O 31 SC )
UT (1 E 52524822
1
K
,4
15
TO A) (N m Sto
R C1.19
K3
PN ot p
9 ) eu
D7
1 (3 52524822 r
A)
52524822
In A
j
PULL
ec 52523524
tio R23
n J14
m
16
ot 2 52523524
eu
r 47 ohms/7W
52523524 K14
HOLD
52523524
I14
EV102
+APCM
17
52523524
LF9
K2
J15
52523524 52523524
B C
K15
F10
30A
pr ou dé om
18
éc gi m ma
ha es 52523524 ar n
ra de
+APC
I15
+APCM
uf
+BATM
-BAT30
ge
+BAT30
fa
LF8
ge
52523524
K7
30A
F8
19
52523524
Pr
C1.19 éc
52524822
ha
LF7
uf
30A
f.
F9
C2.21
52524823
20
769214
C9 R27
50mm²
52524887
680
D7
Masse
moteur
52524887
21
C2.10
K7
52524823
(-)
(+)
M
Pr
C1.8
Masse
moteur
éc
31
30
52524822
ha
50mm²
22
uf
f.
52524586
Dé C1.6
m 52524822
ar
10mm²
re
C1.7
K3
(-)
u
(+)
52523524
m Sto
52524822 ot p
23
eu
J8 r
OU105
52524838
G
hy Sé EV
A
dr cu 2 1 J7
Masse
moteur
MOTEUR THERMIQUE
au ri
B-
B+
K4
D8
52524838
(-)
liq té
(+)
ue
24
Al dé A
te m nt
rn ar i
a te ra
u r
ge
EV101
25
su Séc
rc ur
K1
ha ité
rg
e
D2
A
26
H8
52524828
K
H7
D9
A
E8
27
52524887
K
5 5 5 A.5 G8
52524797 52524884 52524889
11 11 11 A.11
28
52524797 52524884 dé A C
dé om
7 7 7 A.7 E1
m nt m m
+APC
DEMARRAGE
ar i ar an
ra ra d
52524797 52524884 52524884 ge ge e
6 6 6 A.6 E3
29
K2
52524797 52524884 52524884

(-)
(+)
K4
POMPE-SEC
3 3 3 A.3
52524797 52524884
POMPE-SEC
1 1 1 A.1
-BAT
30
52524797 52524884 E2
+APC
+APCM
-BAT30
+BAT30
4 4 4 A.4 52524884
52524797 52524884 D3
ARU -NF1
2 2 2 A.2 52524884
31
F5
52524797 52524884 -BAT C1

10A
ARU-NF2
52524884
ARU-C
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
D3
D6
ARU-NF1 C4
ARU-NF2
A.5
A.11
A.7
A.6
A.3
A.1
A.4
ARU-C A.2
52524884
A
32
A
A
Ré F
ARU-NF1
gim or ARU-NF2 D4
ç
LF5
e ag 52524884
K
K
m e
N.C.
0 I
ot ARU-NF2 C8
-BAT
eu
+BAT
+APC
r 52524887 K A
D5
ARU -NF1
ARU-NF2
POMPE-SEC
POMPE-SEC
33
ARU-NF1 C7
DEMARRAGE
BP
52524887 K A
D4
se po
06
02
08
07
00
05
04
03
03 co m G7
ur pe
s 52524889
E9
34
AR
+APCM
U dé
03
m BP 52524887
ar
ra
S12
ge
04 03
LF1
F1
5A
AU102
+A
A3 D10
35
PC
NF2
05 03 52524888
+APC
Ba Sé
+B
s e le A2 -B A1 D12
03
AT
NF1
/ cte AT
CEK 20
Pa ur 52524888
ni
F7
5A
0 I
er
LF7
36
+BAT30
N.C.
C1.1
SW101PB303 PB100 SW100
+BAT
00 C1.28 -
B +B
AT AT
D11
00 C1.42 - C1.15 52524888
B +B
N.C.
AT AT
+APC
37
-BAT30
C1.29
UPC 102
+B
N.C.
AT
BASE
C6
K200
ARU-NF1
PUPITRE PANIER
PUPITRE
52524887
D9
AR
AU101
07 07
ARU-NF2
U
38
KA6
ARU-NF1 52524887
(-)
(+)
B
D8
-BAT30
se P p
NF1
KA5
ARU-NF2 52524887
co om
(-)
S2
(+)
ur p
PB303
s e
08 2
NF2
39
02 02 C E7
co lé
0 I
52524887
F4
nt de
LF4
10A
ac
SW102
dé t
40
+BAT30
m BP +BAT-CLE +BAT-RETOUR CLE E6

ar
15 30 52524887
S8
ra
ge
PB300
+APC
06 D6
52524887
BRC 30
ARU-C E4
41
AR
U
KA6
KA5
52524884
ARU-C
42
80-02-M158EN
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
9
80
DIAGRAM 2 – CAN CIRCUIT

(OVERVIEW, CALCULATOR POWER SUPPLY, CAN HARNESS WITH RESISTANCE)
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 2
- Base control panel G34

- Basket control panel O25
- Diagnostic plug G28
AU101 Base emergency stop button G34
AU102 Basket emergency stop button Q23
BRC30 BRC30 module A20
CEK20 CEK20 module G20
KA5 Relay contact (on BRC30) C40
KA5 Relay coil (on BRC30) C34
KA6 Relay contact (on BRC30) C41
KA6 Relay coil (on BRC30) C35
SW100 Base / basket selector i37
SW102 Ignition key G38
UPC102 UPC102 module O28
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 11
DIAGRAM 2 – CAN CIRCUIT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M
30
30
PC
PC
AT
A A
AT
+A
+A
+B
-B
+APC CLE +APC CLE +APC CLE +APC CLE

BRC 30
+BAT30 +BAT30 +BAT30 +BAT30 +BAT30
-BAT30 -BAT30 -BAT30 -BAT30 -BAT30
U
AR
+APC +APC +APC +APC +APC +APC
CAN L CAN L KA5 KA6
CAN H CAN H
C C
LF10
A
F7 F1 F11 D5 D4
(-) (-)
K
5A 5A 10A D3 A K
F11 F3 F2 KA6 KA5 F4
10A 30A 30A LF10 10A
LF3 LF2 LF7 LF1 A K (+) (+) LF4
D3
E
CL
30
D6
PC
30
M
PC
AT
AT
+A
PC
+A
+B
-B
+A
D6
C2.42
C2.28
C1.42
C1.28
C1.15
C1.29
C1.14
C2.15
C2.29
C2.14
C1.1
C2.1
D12
D10
D11
A14
A15
C1
C3
C2
C4
D4
D6
C7
D9
D8
C6
D6
E2
B3
B2
B5
E7
E6
E4
E E
52524823
52524823
52524822
52524822
52524822
52524822
52524822
52524822
52524823
52524823
52524823
52524823
52524886
52524886
52524888
52524888
52524888
52524884
52524884
52524884
52524884
52522898
52522898
52522898
52524884
52524884
52524887
52524887
52524887
52524887
52524887
52524887
52524887
52524887
52524884
52523527
52523527 120
N.C. N.C.
+BAT-RETOUR CLE
+BAT-CLE
ARU-NF1
ARU-NF2
C1.15
C1.29
C2.15
C2.29
C1.14
C2.14
C1.1
C2.1
J2 .2
J2.7
J2.8
J1.2
J1.7
J1.8
J1.2
J1.7
ARU-C
A1
A3
C
A
B
AT
AT
AT
AT
AT
AT
RM
RM
AT
PC
PC
PC
L
L
H
AT
L
H
N
N
N
N
+B
+B
+B
+B
+B
+B
+B
N
+A
+A
+A
-B
TE
TE
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
G PUPITRE G
er
Pa r
u
nt de
ni
se cte
PRISE DIAG
t
BASE
co lé
ac
Ba éle
N.C.
ARU-NF1
ARU-NF2
ARU-NF2
ARU-NF1
/
S
UPC 30 CEK 20
30
T
AT
AT
AT
AT
BA
0 I 0 I
B
-B
C1.28 -
C1.42 -
C2.28 -
C2.42 -
U
AR
A2
15
NF1 NF2
AU101 SW102 SW100

I I
+APC +APC +APC
-BAT -BAT -BAT
CAN L CAN L CAN L

K K
CAN H CAN H CAN H
ARU-NF1 ARU-NF1 ARU-NF1
ARU-NF2 ARU-NF2 ARU-NF2
ARU-C ARU-C ARU-C
80
M M
+APC 02 +APC
PUPITRE PANIER
10 CAN H
+BAT 03 03 +BAT
10
09 CAN L
02
120
03
09
O O
N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C.
03
C1.15
C1.29
C1.14
C1.1
J1.2
J1.7
J1.8
J2.2
J2.7
J2.8
03
03
PC
AT
AT
AT
RM
RM
L
L
H
H
N
N
N
N
+B
+B
+B
+A
CA
TE
CA
TE
CA
CA
AU102
U
AR
A NF2 NF1
S12
ARU-C 2 2 2 A.2 A.2 +BAT 03 UPC 102
AT
T
52524884 52524797 52523528
BA
B
C1.28 -
C1.42 -
04
05
Q ARU-NF2 4 4 4 A.4 A.4 ARU-NF2 04 ARU-NF2

K200
Q
52524884 52524797 52523528
ARU-NF1 1 1 1 A.1 A.1 ARU-NF1 05 ARU-NF1

00
00
52524884 52524797 52523528
CAN H 9 9 9 A.9 A.9 CAN H 10 10 CAN H

52524884 52524797 52523528
CAN L 8 8 8 A.8 A.8 CAN L 09 09 CAN L

52524884 52524797 52523528
Légende: -BAT 3 3 3 A.3 A.3 -BAT 00

52524884 52524797 52523528
+BAT
+APC 11 11 11 A.11 A.11 +APC 02 02 +APC
S -BAT 52524884 52524797 52523528 S
+APC
CAN L
CAN H
(06/07/2017) 80-02-M158EN
DIAGRAM 3 - TRANSMISSION
(TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL LOCK, BRAKING, STEERING CONTROL)
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 3
- Base control panel M4

- Basket control panel G35
- Basket joystick G32
- Travel pump M19
BRC30 BRC30 module I15
EV100 Brake electrovalve M8
EV101 Hydraulic safety electrovalve M7
EV103 Differential lock electrovalve M10
EV104 Crab electrovalve M11
EV105 4-Wheel PVG electrovalve M13
EV106 RH steering PVG electrovalve M16
EV107 LH steering PVG electrovalve M14
EW100 Forward travel proportional electrovalve M17
EW101 Reverse travel proportional electrovalve M20
EW108 Auxiliary proportional electrovalve M24
F4 10A fuse (on BRC30) G5
J300 Basket joystick E30
K1 Overload safety relay (on BRC30) G24
K1 Overload safety relay contact (on BRC30) E10
KA5 Relay contact (on BRC30) E6
KA6 Relay contact (on BRC30) E7
OU308 Overload Safety (on UPC102) K32
OU310 + basket sensor (on UPC102) K34
PB305 Basket travel manipulator trigger G34
80
PB306 Dead man pedal M28

SW100 Base / basket selector O5
SW102 Ignition key O3
SW300 Slow (tortoise) travel mode selector G37
SW301 4-wheel steering mode selector G40
SW302 RH steering selector on manipulator G36
SW307 LH steering selector on manipulator G35
SW312 Fast (hare) travel mode selector G39
SW313 Crab steering mode selector G38
UPC102 UPC102 module I40
UPC30 UPC30 module C23
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
1
2
+B
(06/07/2017)
AT +B
30
Légende:
AT
30
BASE
+A
PUPITRE
PC +A
PC
3
C +A
PC
co lé +A
M PC
-BAT
0 I
SW102
nt de
+BAT
+APC
M
CAN L
ac
CAN H
t -B
AT -B
30 AT
15 30
4
30
-BAT30
LF4
S
Ba éle
5
+APC
se cte
/ u +BAT-CLE E7
Pa r
0 I
ni 52524887
SW100
F4
er
N.C.
C6
10A
KA5
52524887
6
AR
U
KA6
D6
52524887
7
+BAT-RETOUR CLE E6
DIAGRAM 3 - TRANSMISSION
52524887
C1.32
8
52524822
R25
C1.36
680
52524822
D11
9
A
K
XP1.7 7 D15
52523526 52524842
K1
EV IN
fre XS4.2 2 1 XS4.1 XP1.6 6 C13 C1.9 C1.9 TO C1.36
i n O (N R
52523526 52524842 52524822 UT PN 6
)
EP3
(3 TO
10
su Séc
A) R
rc ur
ha ité 1 1
rg
e
EV IN
O TO
di bloc XS3.2 2 1 XS3.1 XP1.5 5 E13 C2.2 C2.2 UT (N R C1.32
ffé a (3 TO PN 2
11
re ge 52523526 52524842 52524823 A) R )

nt 1 4
iel
12
EV
O
Cr XS5.2 2 1 XS5.1 XP1.8 8 E14 C2.3 C2.3 UT
ab (3 TO
e 52523526 52524842 52524823 A) R
1 5
EV100 EV103 EV104

13
EV O
XS6.2 2 1 XS6.1 XP1.9 9 E15 C2.4 C2.4 UT
4 (3 TO
ro 52523526 52524842 52524823
u A) R
1 6
14
es
-BAT30
K19
EV 52524874
15
2 1 K20 C2.5 C2.5

di
ga rect O
uc ion 52524874 52524823 UT
he (3 TO
EV105 EV107
A) R
1 7
16
J19
EV 52524873
2 1 J20 C2.6 C2.6
di
r
O
52524873 52524823
dr ecti UT
oit on
17
e (3 TO
EV106
A) R
1 8
18
F13 C1.13 C1.13

PW
52523524 52524822 M
(1 0+
.9
A)
M
19
ar
ch
e 1 2 F14 C1.12 C1.12
av PW
an 52523524 52524822 M
t
EW100
0-
20
av P
an om
ce pe
m
en
t
21
M
ar
ch 1 2 G14 C1.27 C1.27
e PW
52523524 52524822
22
M
ar
riè (1 1+
re .9
EW101
A)
G13 C1.26 C1.26

PW
52523524 52524822
23
M
1-
UPC 30
A10 10 10 10 D2
K1
52523528 52524797 52524884

(-)
24
(+)
-BAT30
A3 3 3 3 C1
52523528 52524797 52524884
BRC 30
25
-BAT panier
Sécurité surcharge
ho P
26
m éd
m al
e e
m
or
t
27
BP306
2 1 B.5 14 14
52523530
28
B.6 20 20
52523530
+capteur panier
B
29
20
14
21
30
A.3 00 00 00
52523528
21
SA3
20
21
00
20
31
J300
IN
14
A10 11 C1.10 O C1.13 A4 (-) (+) A1

UT (0 ANA
/B
52523528 (0 TO AT 5
su Séc .7 R
A) 8 )
32
rc ur
ha ité IN
C1.12 B1
Y
rg (0 ANA 22
OU
e
Neutre
/B
AT 4
14
)
30
21
8 IN
TO C1.22 B5 B2
23
33
(N R 1
N.C.
N.C.
14 C1.29 O PN 7
UT )
(0 TO
+c .7 R IN
A) 10 TO C1.25 21 21 B6 Gachette A3
(N R 1
PN 4
34
)
OU panaieprteur
IN
31
0 TO C1.30 24 B3 Dir. Gau A2
(N R
PN 0
)
35
JO305 SW307
IN
TO C1.31 25 B4 Dir. Drt
(N R
PN 1
)
JO300 BP305 SW302
36
S11
PUPITRE PANIER
II 0 I
To
IN rtu
A e
I
C1.36 36 1 2 14
37
(N NA
PN 6
)
S
SW300
IN l i è él e
TO
II
(N R C1.41 37 3 vr cte
e
PN 7 / t ur
)
38
or
Li tu
e
SW313
èv
14
re
S7
II 0 I
cr
39
IN ab
TO e
I
(N R 1 C1.39 40 1 2 14
PN 0
)
IN Sé
l
SW312
TO
II
40
(N R 1 C1.40 41 3 di ecte
re
PN 1 c t ur
)
UPC 102
4 io
ro n
u
SW301
es
41
K200
42
80-02-M158EN
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
13
80
DIAGRAM 4 - PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC MOVEMENTS

(ARM LIFTING, TELESCOPE, JIB BLOCK/JIB TILTING SUPPLY, ENGINE SPEED ACCELERATOR/ ENGINE SPEED OVERRIDE, PVPX VALVE)
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 4

- Basket control panel G35
- Base control panel K5
K1 Overload safety relay contact (on BRC30) E9
K1 Overload safety relay coil (on BRC30) G26
BRC30 BRC30 module G27
EV101 Hydraulic safety electrovalve K9
EW102 Engine accelerator proportional electrovalve K11
EW105 Lower arm lifting proportional electrovalve K13
EW106 Telescope proportional electrovalve K18
EW107 Upper arm lifting proportional electrovalve K21
EW108 Auxiliary proportional electrovalve K24
PB306 Dead man pedal M29
SW100 Base / basket selector K6
SW101 Force engine rpm elector K4
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
+B 1
2
AT +B
(06/07/2017)
30 AT
Légende:
30
+A
PC +A
PC
+A
3
PC +A
M
BASE
PC
M
-BAT
PUPITRE
-B
+BAT
+APC
CAN L
CAN H
AT -B
30 AT
30
4
+A +A
Ré F PC PC
0 I
CL CL
gim or
ç E E
N.C.
e ag
m e
ot
eu C9 C2.21
r
5
52524887 52524823
SW101
D7 C1.19
52524887 52524822
R27
6
680
-BAT30
0 I
Ba Sé
N.C.
s e le D6
/ cte
Pa ur 52524887
ni
C6 C1.32
SW100
7
er
52524887 52524822
R25
680
8
2 1 J7 C1.35
hy Sé EV 52524838 K 52524822
dr cu
9
au ri
D8
liq té su Séc
rc ur
EV101
ue A
K1
ha ité
J8 rg
e
52524838 C1.7 C1.7
52524822 O
UT
T
10
IN
(3 OR TO C1.35
m E A) 9
(N R
ot V G15 C2.26 C2.26 PN 5
)
eu Ac
PW
r p cé 52523524 52524823 M
ro lé 2-
po ra 1 2 F15 C2.27 C2.27 IN
rti teu TO
11
PW
on r 52523524 52524823 M (N R C1.32
EW102
el (1 2+ PN 2
le .9 )
A)
-BAT30
HS
C
12
K4 (N E C1.21
PN 1
52524833 ) 52524822
K3 C1.16 C1.16
IN
52524833 52524822 A NA
4 1 K2 C1.22 C1.22 0
13
O
52524833 52524822
déf.
s
UT
A
3 2 K1 C1.2 C1.2 NA
0
DIAGRAM 4 - PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC MOVEMENTS
-
+
O
52524833 52524822 UT
PV (1 TO
.4 R
14
Le G A) 0
va Pro
ge po
br rtio
as n
EW105
1/ nel
2
15
J4
52524837
J3 C1.17 C1.17
16
IN
52524837 52524822 A NA
4 1 J2 C1.23 C1.23 1
O
52524837 52524822
déf.
s UT
A
3 2 J1 C1.3 C1.3 NA
1
17
-
+
O
52524837 52524822 UT
PV (1 TO
G .4 R
A) 1
Té Pro
les po
18
co rtio
EW106
-BAT30
pe nn
el
I4
19
52524835
I3 C1.18 C1.18
IN
52524835 52524822 A NA
4 1 I2 C1.24 C1.24 2
O
20
52524835 52524822
déf.
s
UT
A
3 2 I1 C1.4 C1.4 NA
2
-
+
O
52524835 52524822 UT
PV (1 TO
.4 R
Le G P A) 2
21
va ro
ge po
br rtio
EW107
as nn
3 el
22
H4
52524831
H3 C1.19 C1.19
IN
52524831 52524822 A
23
NA
4 1 H2 C1.25 C1.25 3
O
52524831 52524822
déf.
s
UT
A
3 2 H1 C1.5 C1.5 NA
3
-
+
O
52524831 52524822 UT
24
PV (1 TO
G .4 R
A) 3
au Pro
xil po
ia rtio
EW108
ire n
n
25
el
-BAT30
C2.21
26
O
A10 10 10 10 D2 52524823 UT
(1 TO
K1
52523528 52524797 52524884

(-)
.4 R
(+)
UPC 30
A) 3 1
A3 3 3 3 C1
52523528 52524797 52524884
27
BRC 30
ho P
-BAT panier
28
m éd
m al
e e
m
or
t
A.3 00 00
29
52523528
PB306
00
2 1 B.5 14
52523530
14
30
B.6 20 20
52523530
Y
20
20
SA1
31
00
A6 A1
K200
(-) (+)
+capteur panier
N
IN
32
(0 ANA
/B
C1.29 C1.13 A5
Br Y
Y
AT 5 26 as
O ) 3
+c UT IN
0. TOR (0 ANA C1.18 A4
JO304
pa apt 7A 1 /B
) 0 AT 2
N.C.
N.C.
)
nie eu
r r
33
OU
IN
31 TO C1.26 27 A3 Neutre
(N R 1
0 PN 3
)
X
34
A10 11 C1.10 O (-) (+)

UT
52523528
Ro
(0 TO ra
.7 R
N
t
20
su Séc A) 8 ion X
rc ur
ha ité
A2
to
X
rg ur
OU
35
e el
JO307
30 le
8
36
SA2
00
A6 (-) (+) A1 20
37
IN Br Y
C1.16 A5
Y
(0 ANA 29 as
/B 1/
AT 0 2
)
38
A4
JO301
N.C.
N.C.
IN
TO C1.27 30 A3 Neutre
(N R 1
PN 2
)
X
39
JO306
Té
l es X
(-) (+) co
pe
N
40
IN
C1.17 A2
X
(0 ANA 31
/B
UPC 102
101
AT 1
)
PUPITRE PANIER
JO302
41
42
80-02-M158EN
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
15
80
DIAGRAM 5 - ON-OFF HYDRAULIC MOVEMENTS (On/Off)

(BASKET TILTING, TURRET ROTATION, JIB LIFTING, PVPX VALVE)
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 5
- Base control panel I3

- Basket control panel E40
BRC30 BRC30 module E24
EV101 Hydraulic safety electrovalve I7
EV108 Turret RH rotation electrovalve K15
EV109 Turret LH rotation electrovalve K14
EV110 Basket tilting extend PB K17
EV111 Basket tilting retract PB K18
EV112 RH basket rotation electrovalve K21
EV113 LH basket rotation electrovalve K19
EV114 Jib lifting electrovalve K22
EV115 Jib lowering electrovalve K23
EV116 Oscillation electrovalve 1 M11
EV117 Oscillation electrovalve 2 M12
EW108 Auxiliary proportional electrovalve K10
K1 Relay contact (on BRC30) - Overload safety E8
K1 Relay coil (on BRC30) - Overload safety G24
PB306 Dead man pedal pushbutton M29
SW100 Base - basket selector I5
SW303 Basket selector - Basket tilt up G36
SW304 Basket selector - Basket RH rotation G41
SW306 Basket selector - Jib up G38
SW308 Basket selector - Basket tilt down G36
SW309 Basket selector - Basket LH rotation G40
80
SW311 Basket selector - Jib down G39

80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
+B
AT 1
2
30 +B
AT
(06/07/2017)
30
Légende:
+A
PC +A
PC
+A
PC
3
+A
M PC
-B M
-BAT
AT
+BAT
+APC
-B
CAN L
30
CAN H
AT
BASE
3
PUPITRE
+A +A 0
4
PC PC
CL C
E LE
-BAT30
0 I
5
Ba Sé
N.C.
s e le D6
/ cte
Pa ur 52524887
ni
C6 C1.32
SW100
er
52524887 52524822
6
R25
680
2 1 J7 C1.35
7
hy Sé EV 52524838 K 52524822
dr cu
au ri
D8
EV101
liq té
ue A su Séc
J8 rc ur
K1
8
ha ité
52524838 rg
e
H4 C1.7 C1.7 O
UT IN
52524831 52524822 T TO C1.35
(3 OR (N R
H3 C1.19 C1.19 A) 9 PN 5
)
9
IN
52524831 52524822 AN
A
4 1 H2 C1.25 C1.25 3 IN
O TO
52524831 52524822 C1.32
déf.
s
UT (N R
AN PN 2
3 2 H1 C1.5 C1.5 A )
3
-
+
O
10
52524831 52524822 UT
PV (1 TO
G .4 R
EW8
EV A) 3
EW108
os XS8.2 2 1 XS8.1 Pr
cil au opo
lat
EV116
io n
xil rtio
ia
11
EV3
ire nne
l
-BAT30
EV
XS7.2 2 1 XS7.1 XP1.11 11 D13 C1.10 C1.10
12
os
O
cil
lat 52523526 52524842 52524822 UT
EP6
EP5
io n (3 TO
1 A) R
EV2
1 2
EV117
XP1.12 12 C15
52523526 52524842
13
O
C1.11 C1.11 UT
(3 TO
52524822 A) R
1 3
DIAGRAM 5 - ON-OFF HYDRAULIC MOVEMENTS (On/Off)
to EV I20
ur
52524877
14
ell rot
e a
ga tio 2 1 I19 C2.7 C2.7
uc n O
EV109
he 52524877 52524823 UT
(3 TO
A) R
1 9
E H20
15
52524876
to V ro
ur ta
2 1 H19 C2.8 C2.8
ell tio
e
dr n O
oi 52524876 52524823 UT
EV108
te (3 TO
16
A) R
2 0
in EV D19
52524851
cli m
na on
iso té 2 1 D20 C2.12 C2.12
n e O
52524851 52524823
EV110
pa UT
17
(3 TO
nie
r A) R
2 4
in
EV C19
d
-BAT30
52524853
cli
na esc
2 1 C20 C2.13 C2.13
iso en
18
n te O
52524853 52524823
EV111
pa UT
(3 TO
nie
r A) R
2 5
EV K17
52524879
pa ro
19
nie ta
r g tion 2 1 K18 C2.16 C2.16
au O
EV113 ch 52524879 52524823 UT
e (3 TO
A) R
2 6
EV J17
20
pa ro
t 52524878
ni
er atio 2 1 J18 C2.17 C2.17
dr n O
EV112
oi
te 52524878 52524823 UT
(3 TO
A) R
2
21
7
EV H17
pe mo 52524872
2 1 H18 C2.18 C2.18
nd nté
ul e
ai O
52524872 52524823
EV114
re UT
22
(3 TO
A) R
2 8
EV I17
d 52524870
pe es
2 1 I18 C2.19 C2.19
nd cen
ul te
23
ai O
52524870 52524823
EV115
re UT
(3 TO
A) R
2 9
A10 10 10 10 D2
24
K1
52523528 833295 52524884

(-)
(+)
A3 3 3 3 C1
-BAT30
UPC 30
52523528 833295 52524884

25
26
BRC 30
-BAT panier
27
ho P
m éd
m al
e e
m
or
t
28
PB306
2 1 B.5 14 14
29
52523530
B.6 20 20
52523530
+capteur panier
30
14
20
20
SA1
A.3 00 00 A6 (-) (+) A1 20

52523528
31
14
Br
20
A5
as
Y
IN
3
C1.29 O C1.13
UT (0 ANA
/B
14
JO307
A4
32
(0 TO AT 5
.7 R )
+c
N.C.
N.C.
pa apt A) 10
IN
C1.26 A3
nie eu TO
r r 27 Neutre
OU
(N R 1
PN 3
)
X
31
33
0 Ro
A10
ta X
11 C1.10 O (-) (+) tio
52523528
UT n
(0 TO to
.7 R u
N
su Séc A) 8 re
34
rc ur l le
JO303
ha ité IN
C1.19 A2
X
rg (0 ANA 28
OU
e /B
AT 3
)
30
8
35
S3
De
II 0 I
sc
IN
en
TO te
I
(N R C1.32 32 1 2 14
PN 2
)
36
In
IN cli
n
SW308
TO
II
(N R C1.33 33 3 pa ai s
PN 3 nie on
) r
14
M
on
37
SW303
té
e
S10
M
II 0 I
IN
on
TO té
I
(N R C1.34 34 e 1 2 14
PN 4
)
38
SW306
IN Pe
TO n
II
(N R C1.35 35 3 du
PN 5 lai
) re
14
De
SW311
sc
39
en
S9
t
II 0 I
ga e
IN uc
TO he
I
(N R C1.37 38 1 2 14
PN 8
)
40
Ro
SW309
IN ta
TO tio
II
(N R C1.38 39 3 n
PN 9 pa
)
UPC 102
nie
dr r
SW304
oit
PUPITRE PANIER
41
e
K200
80-02-M158EN
42
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
17
80
DIAGRAM 6 - SENSORS
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 6
AS100 Fuel gauge I23

BRC30 BRC30 module A38
DS100 Oil Pressure Sensor I25
DS101 Water Temperature Sensor I28
DS102 Oscillation lock pressure switch I21
JS100 Alternator 70A I8
IS100 Front axle aligned sensor I16
IS101 Rear axle aligned sensor I18
IS200 Telescope retracted travel limit sensor I32
IS207 Arm down travel limit sensor I30
TS100 Levelling sensor I13
UPC30 UPC30 module M38
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
1
2
(06/07/2017)
+B
AT
3
30 +B
AT
30
+A
PC +A
PC
+A
PC +A
4
M PC
-B M
AT -B
30 AT
30
5
-BAT30
+APCM
DIAGRAM 6 - SENSORS
6
7
(D 47 ohms/7W
+) L 1 J14
8
52523524
Al R23
3
te (+ IG 2 K14
rn )
M
70 ate 52523524
A ur (W
3 I14
) P
9
FS100
52523524
A
D7
10
C1.20
52524822 52524822
11
C2.21
52524823 52524823
12
(+
) A B7
52524826
13
+CAPTEUR / OUTTOR 31
Dé (s C B6 R26
ve )
rs 52524826
680
TS100
(-) B B8
52524826
14
IN
C2.21 TO C1.30 C1.30
O (N R
UT PN 0 52524822 52524822
(1 TO )
.4 R
A) 3 1
15
(+ B XS9.B XP1.1 1 D14

EP1
Po )
C1.20
n 52523526 52524842
HS ali t a
gn v a
C XS9.C XP1.2 2 B15
EP2
CE (-)
(W 0
é nt
16
) 52523526 52524842
IS100
(s A XS9.A XP1.4 4 B14
) R35
52523526 52524842
IN 680
C2.30 C2.30 R36
(0 ANA
/B
17
AT 4 52524823 52524823
) 680
(+ B XS2.B
Po )
n
18
ali t ar
gn riè
é re (-) C XS2.C
IS101
(s A XS2.A XP1.3 3 B13

) R38
19
52523526 52524842
IN 680
C2.31 C2.31 R37
(0 ANA
/B
AT 5 52524823 52524823
) 680
20
bl
P
oc Pre
ag ss (+
e o ) 1
os stat
cil
21
la (s
DS102
tio ) 2 XP1.8 8 C14 R33

n
52523526 52524842
IN 680
C2.34 C2.34
(0 ANA
/B
AT 8 52524823 52524823
22
Ja 2 E11
23
u ge 52524827
ga
so 1 E12
AS100
i l 52524827
IN
AN C1.18 C1.18
24
(R A
) 9 52524822 52524822
25
Pr
e
moteur
P
Chassis
hu ssi
i l e on H15 R34
DS100
52523524
26
IN 680
TO C1.39 C1.39
(N R 1
PN 0 52524822 52524822
)
27
Te
m
p
moteur
Chassis
ea éra
+CAPTEUR / OUTTOR 31
u tur
e H14 R29
DS101
52523524
28
IN 680
TO C1.40 C1.40
(N R 1
PN 1 52524822 52524822
)
29
833194
(+
br FD
as C ) 1 3 C15
ba 52524501 52522897
IS207
s (s R31
30
) 2 4 C17
52524501 52522897
IN 680
C2.32 C2.32
(0 ANA
/B
AT 6 52524823 52524823
)
31
té
l es F (+
) 1 1 B16
52522884
co DC
32
pe
52524501 52522897
-BAT30
re
(s 2 2 B17 R32
)
nt
ré
IS200
52524501 52522897
IN 680
C2.33 C2.33
(0 ANA
33
/B
AT 7 52524823 52524823
)
685408
2 1
34
br F
as DC
3
N.C.
N.C.
ba
s
35
DS202
5 A16 R28
52524501 52522897
IN 680
TO C1.33 C1.33
(N R
PN 3 52524822 52524822
)
36
685408
br F 2 1
as D
37
3 C
ha
u t
N.C.
N.C.
DS203
6 A17 R30
38
52524501 52522897
IN 680
UPC 30
TO C1.34 C1.34
(N R
BRC 30
PN 4 52524822 52524822
)
39
40
41
42
80-02-M158EN
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
19
80
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING/ SIGNALING

(GENERATOR - ROTATING BEACON LIGHT - LEDS - BUZZER - HORN)
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 7

EW103 Generator proportional electrovalve I14
OU100 Rotating beacon light I9
OU102 Horn I1
OU110 Flashing light I6
OU300 Basket buzzer I26
OU301 Front axle aligned indicator lamp I28
OU302 Rear axle aligned indicator lamp I30
OU303 Engine fault indicator lamp I32
OU304 Levelling fault indicator lamp I33
OU305 Overload indicator lamp I35
OU306 Preheating indicator lamp I37
OU307 Fuel indicator lamp I39
PB304 Horn press button E26
PB307 Generator pushbutton E22
UPC30 UPC30 module A11
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
1
2
+B
AT +B
(06/07/2017)
30 AT
30
Légende:
+A +A
PC PC
3
+A
PC +A
M PC
M
-BAT
+BAT
-B
+APC
CAN L
CAN H
AT -B
30 AT
30
4
-BAT30
5
C2.38
O
52524823 UT
(1 TO
I7 .4 R
A) 6
52522899
6
Fe
u (-) (+) I8 C2.39
à
O
52522899 52524823
éc UT
OU110
lat
(1 TO
.4 R
A) 7
7
8
G19
52524885
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING/ SIGNALING
2 (-) (+) 1 G20 C2.9 C2.9

9
G O
52524885 52524823
yr UT
op
ha (3 TO
OU100
A) R
re 2 1
M
10
E19
11
52522928
Kl
a xo (-) (+) E20 C2.11 C2.11
n O
52522928 52524823
OU102
UT
(3 TO
A) R
12
2 3
13
E A19 C2.40 C2.40

PW
52524883 52524823
pr V g
op én M
3-
or ér 1 2 A20 C2.41 C2.41
14
tio at
PW
52524883 52524823
ne ric
EW103
lle e M
(1 3+
.9
A)
15
UPC 30
-BAT30
A3 3 3 3 C1
16
52523528 833295 52524884

17
BRC 30
18
19
-BAT panier
20
21
22
14
23
A.3 00
K200
14
52523528
24
-BAT
+c
pa apt
14
nie eu 14 C1.29
r r O
OU UT
(0 TO
,7 R
31
00
25
0 A) 1
0 gé B
né P
ra
tri
ce
PB307
H8
IN
S1
26
Bu 00 (-) (+) 44 C1.2 (0 ANA

/B C1.15 16 14
zz O AT 6
er UT )
(0 TO
OU300
,7 R
A) 0
27
00
H5
Po
n C1.3
00 45
28
ta
ali va O
gn nt UT
14
é (0 TO
OU301
,7 R
A) 1
BP
Kl
a
29
xo
n
PB304
H6
IN
S5
Po TO
n 00 46 C1.4 (N R 1 C1.20 43 14
ta O PN 9
)
30
ali rri UT
gn è re (0 TO
OU302
é ,7 R
A) 2
00
31
H3
Dé
fa 00 47 C1.5
th ut m
er O
UT
m ote (0 TO
iq
32
,7 R
OU303
ue ur A) 3
UPC 102
H2
33
Dé 00 48 C1.6
dé fau O
UT
ve t (0 TO
rs ,7 R
OU304
A) 4
34
00
H1
35
Su 00 49 C1.7
rc O
ha UT
rg (0 TO
e ,7 R
OU305
A) 5
36
H7
Pr
éc
ha 00 50 C1.8
37
uf O
fa UT
ge (0 TO
,7 R
OU306
A) 6
00
38
H4
Vo 00 51 C1.9
O
ga yan UT
39
so t (0 TO
il ,7 R
A) 7
OU307
C1.11
40
O
N.C.
UT
(0 TO
,7 R
A) 9
PUPITRE PANIER
41
42
80-02-M158EN
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
21
80
DIAGRAM 8 - OVERLOAD
Position on
ID Designation
diagram 8

DS301 Strain gauge 1 - 240 Kg K38
DS302 Strain gauge 2 - 240 Kg K34
EV101 Hydraulic safety electrovalve K15
K1 Relay - overload safety (on BRC30) G19
K1 Relay Contact - Overload safety (on BRC30) E16
OU308 Overload Safety (on UPC102) G32
OU310 + basket sensor (on UPC102) G29
UPC30 UPC30 module E21
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
S
E
K
C
A
Q
O
M
1
2
(06/07/2017)
Légende:
3
-BAT
+BAT
+APC
CAN L
CAN H
4
5
6
DIAGRAM 8 - OVERLOAD
+B +B
AT AT
30 30
8
+A +A
PC PC
+A +A
PC PC
M M
9
-B -B
AT AT
30 30
-BAT30
10
11
R24
680
A12 12 12 12 D1 C1.37
12
52523528 833295 52524884 52524822

13
14
2 1 J7 C1.35
52524838 K 52524822
15
hy Sé EV
dr cu
au ri
D8
liq té
ue A su Séc
J8
EV101
rc ur
ha ité
52524838
K1
16
rg
e
IN
C1.7 C1 . 7 O TO C1 . 3 5
UT (N R
52524822 T PN 5
(3 OR
A) 9 )
17
IN
TO C1.37
(N R
PN 8
)
18
-BAT30
A10 10 10 10 D2
K1
52523528 833295 52524884

(-)
(+)
19
20
UPC 30
21
BRC 30
22
23
24
Sécurité 1
25
26
27
28
14
29
14 C1.29 O
UT
(0 TO
+c .7 R
+capteur panier
A) 10
30
pa apt
nie eu
OU
31 r r
0 IN
TO C1.23
(N R 1
PN 6
31
14
)
A.10 11 C1.10 O
UT
42
52523528 (0 TO
.7 R
A) 8
Su su Séc
rc rc ur
32
ha ha ité
rg
OU
rg
e e
2
30
8
UPC 102
33
676845
K200
N.C.
N.C.
DS302
B.3 14
34
2 1
52523530
42
B.4 42 42
14
52523530
35
Su
rc
ha
36
rg
e
1
14
676845
37
N.C.
N.C.
14
2 1 B.1 14 14
38
52523530
DS301
B.2 12
52523530
39
12
40
A.12 12
52523528
PUPITRE PANIER
41
42
80-02-M158EN
S
E
K
I
C
A
Q
O
M
23
80
80
80-02-M158EN (06/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
pages
ELECTRICAL CONTROL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

–– (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ELECTRICAL POWER COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
GENERAL SYNOPSIS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
80
(10/07/2017) 80-03-M158EN
2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
80
80-03-M158EN (10/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 3
ELECTRICAL CONTROL COMPONENTS (up to no. 949266)
Retracted telescope sensor

NT
FRO
3 arm
Arm down sensors sensors
Horn Rotating
beacon
Battery light
Base control
panel
UPC 101
computer
Tilt sensor
Steering wheel
Basket detector
control - Front axle
panel
Steering wheel
detector
80
- Rear axle
Screen CEK 20
Rotary collector
Strain UPC 303

gauges computer
BRC 303
Dead man pedal

R
REA
(10/07/2017) 80-03-M158EN
(from no. 949267)
Retracted telescope sensor

NT
FRO
3 arm
Arm down sensor sensors
Horn Rotating
beacon
Battery light
Base control
panel
UPC 102
computer
Tilt sensor
Steering wheel
Basket detector
control - Front axle
panel
Steering wheel
detector
80
- Rear axle
Screen CEK 20
Rotary collector
Strain UPC 30
gauges computer
BRC 306
Dead man pedal

R
REA
80-03-M158EN (10/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL POWER COMPONENTS (up to no. 949266)
Engine Engine speed Left oscillation lock

Alternator solenoid electrovalve NT
FRO
Water temperature sensor
Starter
Oil pressure gauge Fuel gauge
Preheat circuit
Distributor block
Hydrostatic pump
Proportional distributor
Right oscillation lock
electrovalve
Proportional
distributor
Backup
pump
80
Brake block
electrovalve
R
REA
(10/07/2017) 80-03-M158EN
(from no. 949267)
Engine Engine speed Left oscillation lock

Alternator solenoid electrovalve NT
FRO
Water temperature sensor
Starter
Oil pressure gauge Fuel gauge
Preheat circuit
Distributor block
Hydrostatic pump
Proportional distributor
Right oscillation lock
electrovalve
Proportional
distributor
Backup
pump
80
Brake block
electrovalve
R
REA
80-03-M158EN (10/07/2017)
GENERAL SYNOPSIS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
BUS CAN SW302

SW307
Control lever
JO307 JO306 1 axle + 2 switch
SW301
Calculateur SW313 SW300 Control lever Control lever for platform
SW308 SW306 SW304 steering SW312 2 axles - 2 axles forward/reverse
UPC 101 SW303 SW311 SW309 mode Mode BP301 BP304 BP302 Arms 1/2 lifting Turret rotation travel
ou Tilt Jib RH / LH 2-wheel -tortue differential Unlocking
lifting / lifting / basket 4-wheel -lièvre locking Horn tilt
BP300 BP303 AU102 UPC 102 lowering lowering rotation -crab -ramp BP BP selector
Engine Backup Working Emergency
starter PB pump light (70 W) stop x y x y x
ON
OFF
Alimentation
2nd Strain gauge
Strain
PANIER
man 1 gauge Connecteur
pedal 2 Buzzer Front axle Rear axle Engine Tilt fault Overload Preheating Low-fuel travel
Connecteur Led Led fault Led Led Led Led Led trigger
OU300 OU301 OU302 OU303 OU304 OU305 OU306 OU307 JO 305
BP306 DS301 DS302
"PVG 32/4 proportional
B4
A4
PVG Arms 1/2 EW105 * : —>ı 649266
B3
A3
PVG Telescope EW106
B2 * IS207 DS203 DS202 IS200 * TS100 IS100 IS101
A2
PVG Arm 3 EW107 limit sensor limit sensor Limit sensor limit sensor limit sensor limit sensor Front Rear Connecteur
B1 arms 1/2 arms 1/2 arm 3 arm 3 telescope telescope Tilt axle axle
A1 PVG N 4 EW108
(Auxiliary) up down up down retracted 1 retracted 2 sensor sensor sensor Connecteur Engine starter
PB100
EV
Hydraulic EV101 Maximum speed
safety SW101
"Bloc option"
Bp
EV117 EV116 EV Dead man
"Auxiliairy block"
oscillation oscillation oscillation EV113 EV112 EV109 EV108 terminal box
1 2 1
80
LH RH Turret Turret EV107 EV106 EV110 EV111 EV114 EV115 Basket / panel
BUS CAN SW100
basket
rotation
basket
rotation
LH
rotation
RH LH
rotation steering
RH
steering
tilting
extend
tilting
retract
Jib
lifting
Jib
lowering BRC 303 Alimentation backup pump
or BP
BP303
BRC 306 Emergency
stop
AU101
Ignition
BUS CAN
switch
AMP42
AMP42
SW102
buzzer flashing light

EV
Generator
proportional
Module
ruetaluclaC
BASE Engine
water
Engine
oil
" Engine Management "
Fuel Engine
EV EV EV EV
OU102
OU100 EW103 UPC 303 temperature pressure level speed
steering steering Differential brake PWM PWM PNP
or
PNP
crab 4-wheel lock EV100 Front Rear
EV104 EV105 EV103 travel "Battery 12Vcc"
"Brake Block" travel
EW100 EW101 UPC 30
EV Glow plug Excitation of EV Battery Charge

Engine cylinder the starter Injection (power)
speed maxi engine D+
(syncro start) (engine stop)
(10/07/2017) 80-03-M158EN
80
80-03-M158EN (10/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF ELECTRONIC MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
LOCATION OF ELECTRONIC MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– BASE CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– BASKET CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRONIC MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– SCREEN CEK 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– UPC 303 COMPUTER (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– UPC 30 COMPUTER (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– BRC 303 BOX (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– LOCATION OF COMPONENTS ON CARD BRC 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– BRC 30 BOX (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– LOCATION OF COMPONENTS ON CARD BRC 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
–– UPC 101 COMPUTER (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
–– UPC 102 COMPUTER (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
80
OPERATION OF THE LOWER CONSOLE (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
–– 1. INTRODUCTION/GENERAL POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
–– 2. START-UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
–– 3. SCREEN – KEYPAD CEK20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
–– 4. SYSTEM SETTINGS PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
–– 5. MAINTENANCE PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
–– 6. FAULT HISTORY PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
–– 7. MAINTENANCE HISTORY PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
–– 8. INPUT/OUTPUT DISPLAY PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
–– 9. FAULT MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
–– 10. SUMMARY LIST OF FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
–– 11 - TABLE OF PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
OPERATION OF THE LOWER CONSOLE (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
–– CONTROLS USED ON THE BASE CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
pages
–– PROGRAM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
–– 1 Start-up page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
–– 2 Preheating pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
–– 3 Work pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
–– 4 Menu pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
–– Screen Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
–– Codification menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
–– Diagnostics menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
–– Secret code menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
–– Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
–– Maintenance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
–– Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
–– 5 Immobiliser option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
–– 6 USB Transfer Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
–– GENERATOR PROGRAM MODIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
–– PROGRAM PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
–– SPEED ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SENSOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
–– TILT SENSOR ADJUSTMENT (UP TO NO. 949266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
–– TILT SENSOR ADJUSTMENT (FROM NO. 949267) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
–– OVERLOAD SENSOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
–– ARM DOWN SENSOR(S) ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
80
–– ADJUSTMENT OF THE TELESCOPE RETRACTED SENSOR(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

–– ARM 3 SENSOR(S) ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
MANIPULATOR TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
–– TESTING FROM THE BASE CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
–– TEST WITH A VOLTMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
–– MANIPULATOR CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF ELECTRONIC MODULES
LOCATION OF ELECTRONIC MODULES
BASE CONTROL PANEL

up to no. 949266 from no. 949267
UPC 301 UPC 30

computer computer
BRC 303 BRC 306

Screen CEK 20 Screen CEK 20
BASKET CONTROL PANEL
up to no. 949266 from no. 949267
80
UPC 101 UPC 102
computer computer
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
4 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRONIC MODULES
SCREEN CEK 20
Front view
Keypad
Screen
Rear view
Screen CEK 20
serial number
CEK 20 10-32V
D-sub 9-pin Female

D-sub 3-pin Female
connector (J1)
connector (J2)
80
Connector J1 Connector J2
Pin No. Designation Pin No. Designation
1 NC 1 BAT+ (Permanent)
2 CANL 2 GND ground
3 NC 3 APC+ (Key switch)
4 NC - -
5 NC - -
6 NC - -
7 CANH - -
8 NC - -
9 NC - -
Important general comments:

Do not reverse the polarity of the screen power supply to avoid the risk of damaging it.
Disconnect the screen power supply before carrying out any welding work on the machine.
Before cutting-off the screen's BAT+ supply (by disconnecting the machine battery terminals),
wait 10 seconds after normal extinction of the screen (by switching off the ignition).
Failure to follow this procedure may prevent the internal screen parameters (e.g.: hour counters) being
correctly saved.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
UPC 303 COMPUTER (up to no. 949266) UPC 30 COMPUTER (from no. 949267)
Front view
AMP 42-pin Male AMP 42-pin Male AMP 42-pin Male AMP 42-pin Male
connector (C1) connector (C2) connector (C1) connector (C2)
UPC30
UPC30
up to no. 949266 from no. 949267

Rear view
Green LED: Power ON Green LED: Power ON
Green LED: RUN Green LED: RUN
Red LED: FAULT status Red LED: FAULT status
Orange LED: CAN dialog UPC 303 Orange LED: CAN dialog
serial No.
UPC 30
UPC30
serial No.
UPC30
D-sub 9-pin Female connector (J3)

D-sub 9-pin Male connector (J2)

D-sub 9-pin Female connector (J3)
up to no. 949266 from no. 949267
Connectors C1 and C2
Pin No. Designation
80
1, 15, 29 Permanent power supply (Battery): BAT+
28, 42 GND ground
14 After ignition APC+
2 to 13, 16 to 27, 30 to 41 Input/Outputs
Connector J1 Connector J2 Connector J3

Pin No. Designation Pin No. Designation Pin No. Designation
1 NC* 1 NC 1 NC
2 CANL 2 CANL 2 NC
3 NC 3 NC 3 NC
4 NC 4 NC 4 NC
5 NC 5 NC 5 NC
6 NC 6 NC 6 NC
7 CANH 7 CANH 7 NC
8 NC 8 NC 8 NC
9 NC 9 NC 9 NC
* NC = Not Connected
LED NORMAL OPERATION CAN BUS FAULT

Orange Flashing Not lit
Red Not lit Lit
Green (Run) Flashing Flashing
Green (ON) Lit Lit
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Connector C1
Pin No. Type Component Pin No. Type Component
1 +BAT +BAT 22 OUTANA0 EW105
2 OUTTOR0 EW105 23 OUTANA1 EW106
5 OUTTOR3 EW108 26 PMW1- EW101
6 OUTTOR8 OU105 27 PMW1+ OUTTOR +
7 OUTTOR9 EV101 28 BAT- (Ground) Ground
8 OUTTOR10 EV102 29 +BAT +BAT
9 OUTTOR11 EV100 30 INTOR0 TS100
10 OUTTOR12 EV116 31 INTOR1 PB303
11 OUTTOR13 EV117 32 INTOR2 SW100
12 PMW0- EW100 33 INTOR3 IS100
13 PMW0+ OUTTOR+ 34 INTOR4 IS101
14 +APC +APC 35 INTOR5 EV101
15 +BAT +BAT 36 INTOR6 EV100
16 INANA0 (0/BAT) / 37 INTOR8 DS301
17 INANA1 (0/BAT) / 38 INTOR9 IN100
20 HSCE0 FS100 41 INTOR7 EV102
21 HSCE1 (INTOR12) SW101 42 BAT- (Ground) Ground
Connector C2
1 +BAT +BAT 22 OUTANA4 /
2 OUTTOR14 EV103 23 OUTANA5 /
5 OUTTOR17 EV107 26 PMW2- EW102
6 OUTTOR18 EV106 27 PMW2+ OUTTOR +
7 OUTTOR19 EV109 28 BAT- (Ground) Ground
8 OUTTOR20 EV108 29 +BAT +BAT
9 OUTTOR21 OU100 30 INANA4 (0/BAT) PB307
10 OUTTOR22 OU101 31 INANA5 (0/BAT) /
11 OUTTOR23 OU102 32 INANA6 (0/BAT) IS207
12 OUTTOR24 EV110 33 INANA7 (0/BAT) IS200
13 OUTTOR25 EV111 34 INANA8 (0/BAT) /
14 +APC +APC 35 INANA9 (Resistive) AS100
15 +BAT +BAT 36 OUTTOR4 /
16 OUTTOR26 EV113 37 OUTTOR5 /
19 OUTTOR29 EV115 40 PMW3- EX103
20 OUTTOR30 OU103 41 PMW3+ OUTTOR+
80
21 OUTTOR31 OU104 42 BAT- (Ground) Ground
INTOR = DIGITAL INPUT

OUTTOR = DIGITAL OUTPUT
INANA = ANALOG INPUT
OUTANA = ANALOG OUTPUT

Do not reverse the polarity of the computer power supply to avoid the risk of damaging it.
Do not cause short-circuits [to the battery positive (BAT+) or to the ground (GND)] on the calculator
input/output terminals, to avoid the risk of damaging it.
The computer must be located in a sealed atmosphere to avoid the risk of damaging it.
Disconnect the calculator power supply before carrying out any welding work on the machine.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
BRC 303 BOX (up to no. 949266)
Front view
BRC 303 connection box
Rear view
BRC 303 serial No.
Exploded view
F1
F2
F3
F4
K4 F5
F6
F7
KA1 F8
KAPC
KA2 F9
KA3 F10
KA F11
F12
80
F13
F14
K2 F15
KPS
KL
K5A
K5B
K3
K1
bb The power must be switched off to the access platform before removing the box in order to
avoid destroying the printed circuit board.
APC+ = +12V after contact.
It powers:
- the input sensors (front and rear axle alignment, telescope, arm down, overload, tilt).
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS ON CARD BRC 303

80
Fuse Description Rating Relay Description

F1 UPC30 +BAT power supply 30A KA1 PVPX EV function relay
F2 Timer relay (KA1) power supply PVPX function 1A KAPC +APC power supply external BRC function relay
F3 +APC power supply external BRC 5A KA2 Overload safety function relay 1
- EV engine stop KA3 Overload safety function relay 2
- base/basket switch KPS Power supply function relay on backup pump
- battery charge function power supply
F4 Basket +BAT power supply 7.5A KL Power supply function relay on display indicators in
F5 CEK20 screen/keypad +BAT power supply 1A the BRC
F6 Ignition key +BAT power supply 1A K5A Security function relay emergency stop contact NF1
F7 EV power supply engine speed & relay control on starter 30A K5B Security function relay emergency stop contact NF2
F8 +BAT power supply BP control circuit backup pump & EV 3A KA Engine stop function relay
F9 BRC ground protection 30A K2 Engine speed function relay
F10 CEK20 screen/keypad ground protection 1A K3 Starter function relay
F11 Basket ground protection 5A K1 Anti-start function relay
F12 UPC30 ground protection 5A K4 Preheat function relay
F13 CEK20 screen/keypad +APC power supply 1A
F14 Basket +APC power supply 1A
F15 UPC30 +APC power supply 1A
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
BRC 30 BOX (from no. 949267)
Front view
BRC 30 connection box
Rear view
BR C 30
BR C 30
BR C 30
BRC 30 serial No.
Exploded view
K5
K6 F1
F2
K5 K7 K1 F3
F1 F4
K6 F2 F5
K7 F3 F6
K1
F11 F4 F7
F12 F5 F8
F6 F9
F10
F11 F7
F12 F8
K5 F9
F10K3
K6 F1 K4
F2
K7 K1 F3 K8
K3
K4
F4
F5
80
K9
F6F13 F14 K8
K9
F11 F13F7
F12 F14F8
F9
F10
K3
K4
K8
K9
F13
F14
bb The power must be switched off to the access platform before removing the box in order to
avoid destroying the printed circuit board.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS ON CARD BRC 30

80
Fuse Description Rating Relay Description

F1 APC+, Starter PB 5A K1 Overload safety
F2 +BAT, UCP30 30A K3 Start-up control
F3 +BAT, UCP30 30A K4 Anti-start
F4 Backup pump PB switch, BAT+ 10A K5 Base emergency stop button
F5 +BAT, CEK 20 5A K6 Base emergency stop button
F6 Ignition key BAT+ 10A K7 Engine stop
F7 Preheating plug 30A K8 Preheat
F8 Preheating plug 30A K9 Preheat (only 160 ATJ E3)
F9 Start-up control 30A
F10 +APC, CEK20 5A
F11 Ground, UPC30 10A
F12 Ground 30A
F13 Ground 30A
F14 Ground, CEK20, basket control panel 5A
APC+ = +12V after contact.

It powers:
- the input sensors (front and rear axle alignment, telescope, arm down, overload, tilt).
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
UPC 101 COMPUTER (up to no. 949266) UPC 102 COMPUTER (from no. 949267)
Front view
UPC 102 computer serial No.
V
2
UPC 101 computer serial No.
-3
V
0
1
2
-3
0
1
AMP 42-pin Male connector (A1)
AMP 42-pin Male connector (A1)
up to no. 949266 from no. 949267
Rear view
Red LED: FAULT status Red LED: FAULT status
Orange LED: CAN dialog Orange LED: CAN dialog
Green LED: RUN Green LED: RUN
Green LED: Power ON Green LED: Power ON
1
0
-3
2
V
1
0
-3
2
V
D-sub 9-pin Male connector (J1) D-sub 9-pin Male connector (J1)
D-sub 9-pin Male connector (J2) D-sub 9-pin Male connector (J2)
F-sub 9-pin Male connector (J3) F-sub 9-pin Male connector (J3)
up to no. 949266 from no. 949267
Connectors C1 and C2
Pin No. Designation
80
1, 15, 29 Permanent power supply (Battery): BAT+
28, 42 GND ground
14 After ignition APC+
2 to 13, 16 to 27, 30 to 41 Input/Outputs
Connector J1 Connector J2 Connector J3

Pin No. Designation Pin No. Designation Pin No. Designation
1 NC* 1 NC 1 NC
2 CANL 2 CANL 2 NC
3 NC 3 NC 3 NC
4 NC 4 NC 4 NC
5 NC 5 NC 5 NC
6 NC 6 NC 6 NC
7 CANH 7 CANH 7 NC
8 NC 8 NC 8 NC
9 NC 9 NC 9 NC
* NC = Not Connected
LED NORMAL OPERATION CAN BUS FAULT

Orange Flashing Not lit
Red Not lit Lit
Green (Run) Flashing Flashing
Green (ON) Lit Lit
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Connector C1
1 +BAT +BAT 22 INTOR17 JO305
2 OUTTOR0 OU300 23 INTOR16 DS302
3 OUTTOR1 OU301 24 INTOR15 PB301
4 OUTTOR2 OU302 25 INTOR14 PB305
5 OUTTOR3 OU303 26 INTOR13 JO307
6 OUTTOR4 OU304 27 INTOR12 JO306
7 OUTTOR5 OU305 28 BAT- (Ground) Ground
8 OUTTOR6 OU306 29 +BAT +BAT
9 OUTTOR7 OU307 30 INTOR0 SW307
10 OUTTOR8 OU308 31 INTOR1 SW302
11 OUTTOR9 / 32 INTOR2 SW308
12 INANA4 (0/BAT) JO300 33 INTOR3 SW303
13 INANA5 (0/BAT) PB306 34 INTOR4 SW306
14 +APC +APC 35 INTOR5 SW311
15 +BAT +BAT 36 INTOR6 SW300
20 INTOR19 PB304 41 INTOR7 SW312
21 INTOR18 PB302 42 BAT- (Ground) Ground
INTOR = DIGITAL INPUT

OUTTOR = DIGITAL OUTPUT
INANA = ANALOG INPUT
OUTANA = ANALOG OUTPUT

Do not reverse the polarity of the computer power supply to avoid the risk of damaging it.
Do not cause short-circuits [to the battery positive (BAT+) or to the ground (GND)] on the calculator
input/output terminals, to avoid the risk of damaging it.
The computer must be located in a sealed atmosphere to avoid the risk of damaging it.
Disconnect the calculator power supply before carrying out any welding work on the machine.
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
OPERATION OF THE LOWER CONSOLE (up to No. 949266)
1. INTRODUCTION/GENERAL POINTS
The purpose of this document is to provide an aid to using the system via the screen/keypad
CEK20.
Comment:
Each page or function requires a certain access level. If the access level in progress is
inferior to that demanded, the page or function will be neither visible nor accessible.
Access level:
Level 1 – User (Default level when the system starts up) - Code: None
Level 2 – Read only - Code: 1000
Level 3 – Dealer/Hirer - Code: 0241
Level 4 – After-sales service - Code: Rolling
Level 5 – Manufacturer - Code:
Level 6 – MANITOU - Code: XXXX
Permanent display:
The current time is displayed at the top of each page.
The current date is displayed at the top of each page.
2. START-UP PROCEDURE
PRECAUTIONS
The equipment supplied has been designed adhering to manufacturing rules in the electronics field.
Non-adherence to these start-up and operating rules may cause significant damage to the components
80
and/or the entire equipment.
bb
Generally the following rules must be followed.
. Never start up without oil.
. Never start the pump unit without previously filling the pump housings.
. Never operate the plant under load if the circuit has not been completely purged.
Losses of control of functions may occur and risk causing damage or injury to the user.
. The plant must not operate under load before the functional adjustments and controls have been
performed!
. Observe the recommendations indicated by the manufacturers of hydraulic and electronic components
concerning the machines equipping the plant.
. Observe the precautions for use when handling oil!
. Observer the preventive safety measures when starting up again.
Make sure that the pipework, the internal and external hoses, the connections and the various active
components making up the platform 200 ATJ are perfectly clean.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
3. SCREEN – KEYPAD CEK20
1 2
3 4
5 6
7
8
80
1 - MINUS 1 key
2 - PLUS 1 key
3 - MINUS 2 key
4 - PLUS 2 key
5 - CONFIRM key
6 - MENU key
7 - ESC key
8 - DEF key
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
4. SYSTEM SETTINGS PAGE
Access level required: Dealer/Hirer
The machine settings page is accessible via the menu page.
The systems settings page makes it possible to access all the machine settings (UPC 30 and CEK20).
View the sub-groups and description of the

screens:
o 8 0 - E L E C T R I C A L CO N T R O L A N D
ADJUSTMENT - OPERATION OF THE BASE
CONSOLE (up to n° 949266) - 11. PARAMETER
TABLES
80
The settings groups are accessible, or not, depending on the access level in progress.
Only groups accessible with the Dealer level are translated into all languages. The other groups are
either in French or English as soon as a language other than French is selected.
Settings are selected using the "PLUS 1" or "MINUS 1" keys.
The value of the settings is adjusted by the "PLUS 2" or "MINUS 2" keys.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
If the key is held down the increments are 1 by 1 until the highest ten and then 10 by 10 until
the highest hundred, etc. No confirmation of the value is necessary; it is immediately taken into account,
apart from the language selection.
If the language is changed, save the setting, loading or initialization, an egg timer ( ) appears when
the data is loading.
If the connection with the computer UPC301 is not operational (CAN bus fault) only the CEK20 settings
are available.
Table of access levels for groups of settings
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6

Calc Sub-group
After-Sales
User Read only Dealer Manufacture HYDEQUIP
service
Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write
MAX SPEED CONTROL

• • • • • • • • •
OPTIONS
• • • • • • • • •
PARAMETER CONTROL
• • • • • • • • •
REXTH FORWARD
MOTION CONTROL • • • • • • •
PUMP SELECTION
• • • • • • • • •
SAUER FORWARD
MOTION CONTROL • • • • • • •
INPUT CONTROL
• • • • • • • • •
OUTPUT CONTROL
• • • • • • •
80
UPC301
INTOR CONFIG
• • • • • • •
FAULT CONTROL
• • • • • • •
SAFETY CONTROL
• • • • • • •
ENGINE CONTROL
• • • • • • •
PRE-HEATING
• • • • • • • • •
FORWARD MOTION
CONTROL • • • • • • •
ANTI-STALLING
CONTROL • • • • • • •
GAUGE CONTROL
• • • • • • •
SPEED CONTROL
• • • • •
FLOW CONTROL
• • • • •
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6

Calc Sub-group
After-Sales
User Read only Dealer Manufacture HYDEQUIP
service
Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write
STEERING CONTROL
• • • • • • •
ARMS 1-2 CONTROL
• • • • • • •
TELESCOPE CONTROL
• • • • • • •
ARM 3 CONTROL
• • • • • • •
TILT CONTROL
• • • • • • •
UPC301 PENDULAR ARM
CONTROL • • • • • • •
TURRET ROTATION
CONTROL • • • • • • •
BASKET ROTATION
CONTROL • • • • • • •
POCKET LANGUAGE
• • • • • • •
TIME ADJUSTMENT
• • •
INTERNAL DATA
• • •
80
LANGUAGE
• • • • • • • • •
SECRET CODES
• • • •
CEK20
PERIODS SERVICES
• • • • • • • • •
SETTINGS SERVICE
OPERATIONS • • • • • • •
ENGINE HOURS
SCREEN • • • • •
SCREEN DATA
• • • • •
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
5. MAINTENANCE PAGE
The maintenance page is accessible via the menu page, maintenance tab.
This page can be used to view the time remaining before each maintenance.
80
Maintenance frequencies follow the age of the machine, e.g.

Diesel filter maintenance:
- First maintenance at 50 hours

- Following maintenances at 500 hours
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Each counter counts down as soon as the engine is started. When the value of a counter is less than 0
a fault is raised (see 15.2).
Use the MINUS1/PLUS1 and MINUS2/PLUS2 keys to select a maintenance, the rental counter or the time
counter.
Depending on the access level in progress pressing "CONFIRM" has different functions:
Dealer/Hirer Level
Pressing the "CONFIRM" key confirms the maintenance selected or reinitializes the value on the rental
counter.
During the confirmation of a maintenance this is automatically recorded in the maintenance history
(see 0).
6. FAULT HISTORY PAGE
80
The fault history page is accessible via the menu page.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
This page makes it possible to see all the faults that have occurred on the machine.
Maximum number of faults saved: 100

Maximum number of pages: 40
Possible types of fault: (see 16)
The manufacturer level is needed to erase the history (press "CONFIRM" until the system offers you this).
80
6.1. Fault recording principle
While the 100 fault limit has not been reached, all the faults appearing on the system are recorded one
after another. Once this limit is reached when a fault appears the system runs through the list of faults
already saved from the beginning and overwrites the first inactive fault it finds. When a new fault appears
the system again runs through the list of faults already saved but from the position of the last save and
overwrites the first inactive fault found.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
7. MAINTENANCE HISTORY PAGE

The fault history page is accessible via the menu page.
This page enables the last 9 maintenances (by maintenance type) performed on the machine to be
viewed. The maintenance date and counter value at the time of confirmation are displayed.
Maximum number of pages: 16
80
.
The manufacturer level is needed to erase the history (press "CONFIRM" until the system offers you this).
.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
8. INPUT/OUTPUT DISPLAY PAGES
Access level required: Dealer/Hirer.
The input/output display page is accessible via the menu page, maintenance tab.
This page enables all the machine inputs/outputs to be viewed.
Page 1/5: On/Off inputs (switch, contacts, etc.)

Page 2/5: On/Off outputs (PVG power supply, electrovalves, etc.)
Page 3/5: Analog inputs (manipulators, etc.)
Page 4/5: Frequency input (engine speed)
Page 5/5: Analog outputs (PVG) and PWM outputs (Pump control)
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
INTOR 0 INTOR 7
INTOR 8 INTOR 15
INTOR 16 INTOR 20
Block Function N° Status 0 Status 1

Basket control 0 Not activated Basket control
Dead Man’s system basket pedal 1 Not activated Activated

Base button + Dead Man’s Base control and
2 Not activated Dead Man’s
system
system
Tilt indication 3 Tilt fault No tilt
Telescope retraction 1 limit switch 4 Tel. extended Tel. retracted
Telescope retraction 2 limit switch 5 Tel. extended Tel. retracted
Overload sensor 2 (NO) 6 No overload Overload
Overload sensor 2 (NC) 7 Overload No overload

Engine water temperature 8 Engine fault No fault
Engine oil pressure 9 Engine fault No fault
INTOR Arm down limit switch 1 10 Arm unfolded Arm folded
UPC30
80
Battery charge D+ 11 Battery fault No fault
Max speed forcing 12 Not activated Activated

Not assigned 13 - -
Not assigned 14 - -
Arm 3 raising limit switch 15 Arm unfolded -
Arm 3 lowering limit switch 16 Arm folded -

Axle not
Front axle sensor 17 centred Axle centred
Axle not
Détecteur pont arrière 18 Axle centred
centred
PVPX valve piloting info 19 Not activated Activated
Arm 2 low limit switch 20 - Arm folded
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
INTOR 0 INTOR 7
INTOR 8 INTOR 15
INTOR 16 INTOR 20

Forward steering: left 0 Not activated Activated
Forward steering: right 1 Not activated Activated
Tilt: cylinder retraction 2 Not activated Activated
Tilt: cylinder extension 3 Not activated Activated
Pendular arm: raising 4 Not activated Activated
Pendular arm: lowering 5 Not activated Activated
Speed: tortoise 6 Not activated Activated
Speed: hare 7 Not activated Activated
Basket rotation: left 8 Not activated Activated
Basket rotation: right 9 Not activated Activated
Steering: crab 10 Not activated Activated
Steering: 4-wheel 11 Not activated Activated
Telescope & arm Neutral switch 12 Not activated Activated
80
Turret & arm 3 Neutral switch 13 Not activated Activated

Forward motion joystick trigger 14 Not activated Activated
Differential locking 15 Not activated Activated
Overload 1 (NC contact) 16 Overload No Overload
Dead Man’s system pedal 17 Not activated Activated
Tilt locking 18 Not activated Activated
Horn 19 Not activated Activated
Joystick switch 20 Not activated Activated
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
INTOR 0 INTOR 7
INTOR 8 INTOR 11
INTOR 0 INTOR 7
Bloc
Block Fonction Function Num
No. Etat 00
Status Etat 11
Status
Montée
Pendularpendulaire
arm raising 0 Non actionné
Not activated Actionné
Activated
Pendular arm
Descente lowering
Pendulaire 1 Non actionné
Activated
Telescope
Rentrée retraction
Telescope 2 Non actionné
Activated
Telescope
Sortie extension
Télescope 3 Non actionné
Activated
BArm
ras 33Mraising
ontée 4 NNot
on activated
actionné AActivated
ctionné
SCREEN Arm 3 lowering
Bras 3 descente 5 Non actionné
Activated
CEK20 Arms1/21/2Montée
raising
Mvt Bras 6 Non actionné
Activated
Arms1/2
Bras 1/2descente
lowering 7 Non actionné
Activated
left
Rotation gauche 8 Non actionné
Activated
right
Rotation droite 9 Non actionné
Activated
Cylinder retraction
Inclinaison Rentrée tilt
Vérin 10 Non actionné
Activated
Cylinder extension
Inclinaison Sortie Vérin tilt 11 Non actionné
Activated
PPlus
lus 11 0 NNot
on activated
ctionné
PPlus
lus 22 1 NNot
on activated
ctionné
VValid
alid 2 NNot
on activated
actionné Activated
Actionné
SCREEN Menu
80
Menu 3 NNot
on activated
ctionné
CEK20
ESC Activated
fonctions ESC 4 NNot
on activated
actionné Actionné
DDEF
EF 5 NNot
on activated
ctionné
MMinus
oins 11 6 Non actionné
Not activated Activated
Actionné
Moins 22
Minus 7 NNot
on activated
ctionné
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
INTOR 0 INTOR 7
INTOR 8 INTOR 15
INTOR 16 INTOR 23
INTOR 24 INTOR 31

Supply to arms 1/2 PVG 0 Switched off Switched on
Supply to arm 3 PVG 1 Switched off Switched on
Supply to telescope PVG 2 Switched off Switched on
Supply to No. 4 PVG (auxiliary) 3 Switched off Switched on
Max engine speed (Start 4 Activated
synchro) K2 Not activated
Pre-heating (K4) 5 Not activated Activated

Overload relay 2 (KA3) 6 Not activated Activated
Hydraulic protection: PVPX
relay (KA1) 7 Not activated Activated
Generator electro 8 Not activated Activated

Anti-startup (K1) 9 Not activated Activated
Flashing light 10 Not activated Activated

Buzzer 11 Not activated Activated
Not assigned 12 - -
Authorisation of PVPX valve control 13 Not activated Activated
OUTTOR Crab steering 14 Not activated Activated
80
UPC30 4-wheel steering Activated

15 Not activated
Brake electro 16 Brake activated Unbraked
Differential locking 17 Not activated Activated
Oscillation electro 1 18 Blocked Unblocked
Oscillation electro 2 19 Blocked Unblocked
Basket rotation left 20 Not activated Activated
Basket rotation right 21 Not activated Activated
Turret rotation left 22 Not activated Activated
Turret rotation right 23 Not activated Activated
Steer left electro 24 Not activated Activated
Steer right electro 25 Not activated Activated
Cylinder retraction tilt 26 Not activated Activated
Cylinder extension tilt 27 Not activated Activated
Pendular arm raising 28 Not activated Activated
Pendular arm lowering 29 Not activated Activated
Engine stop relay (KA) 30 Not activated Activated
Supply to sensors 31 Not activated Activated
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
INTOR 0 INTOR 7
INTOR 8 INTOR 9

Buzzer 0 Not pressed Pressed
Front axle indicator 1 Not pressed Pressed
Rear axle indicator 2 Not pressed Pressed
Engine fault indicator 3 Not pressed Pressed
OUTTOR Tilt fault indicator 4 Not pressed Pressed
UPC101 Overload indicators 5 Not pressed Pressed
Pre-heating indicator 6 Not pressed Pressed
Diesel fuel level low indicator 7 Not pressed Pressed
Supply to KA2 (overload relay) 8 Switched off Switched on
Supply to sensors 9 Switched off Switched on
80
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Block Function Status

25-45%: Joystick up
Arms 1/2 45-55%: Neutral
55-75%: Joystick down
25-45%: Joystick to the right
Telescope 45-55%: Neutral
55-75%: Joystick to the left
25-45%: Joystick up
JOYSTICKS Arm 3 45-55%: Neutral
25-45%: Joystick to the right
Turret 45-55%: Neutral
55-75%: Joystick to the left
Forward motion 45-55%: Neutral
55-75%: Joystick up
GAUGE Diesel level
UPC 30 +APC >11V and <15V
80
UPC 30 +BAT >11V and <15V

SUPPLIES
UPC 1011 >11V and <15V
CEK20 SCREEN >11V and<15V

0000 : Stop
INHSCE Engine speed ~1200 : Idling speed
~2300 : Maximum engine speed
For platform equipped with the option: Extreme Cold
Temperature measurement sensor n°1 Position Description of fault
Temperature measurement sensor n°2 0 POWER SUPPLY LOW

1 POWER SUPPLY HIGH
State of BP security bypass linked 2 FAULT SENSOR N°1
to low temperature
3 FAULT SENSOR N°2
UPU-S sensor internal alerts
4 INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN SENSORS N°1 AND N°2
UPU-S sensor internal faults:
5 to 7 Not used
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)

25-45% : Raising
Arms 1/2 45-55%: Neutral
55-75%: Lowering
25-45% : Extension
Telescope 45-55%: Neutral
OUTANA 55-75%: Retraction
25-45% : Raising
Arm 3 45-55%: Neutral
55-75%: Lowering
25-45%: Activation
Num 4
45-50%: Neutral
>0: Requested translation
Front Work: 350~664 mA*
Turtle speed: 350~1115 mA*
OUTPWM
Ramp speed: 350~860 mA*
Rear Hare speed: 350~1200 mA*
Stop: 0 mA
80
bb * These values are by default the values on delivery of assemblies. They may change if,
when assembling and testing platforms, the values are adjusted.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
9. FAULT MANAGEMENT
Unless otherwise indicated any fault is saved when it first appears. The save includes the time, date and
the associated engine speed.
Pressing the "DEF" key makes it possible to display all ongoing faults. All faults must be acknowledged
by the "CONFIRM" key in order to return to the work in progress page.
The faults are separated into several categories:
9.1. Faults to be acknowledged:
This fault appears when a CAN bus breaks or a network computer is not connected.
These faults are sent back directly

by the engine:
Figures:
80
- 10.2: Water temperature

- 10.3: Oil pressure
- 10.4: Battery charge
10.2 10.3 10.4
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
This fault appears when the power supply to a computer is less than 11 V or
more than 15 V.
This fault appears when a movement selection remains engaged during the
start-up phase.
80
A fault must be acknowledged only when it first appears (the user is warned by a continuous BEEP from
the screen). Acknowledgement of a fault is performed by pressing the "CONFIRM" key when the fault
page is displayed.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
9.2. Maintenance faults
When the value of a maintenance counter becomes negative a maintenance fault is generated. This
must be acknowledged as soon as it appears.
A maintenance fault is notified on the work page by the key symbol.
One or several
maintenances to be
performed
A fault is saved as soon as it appears (even after restarting the system). A maintenance fault does not
save the engine speed but does save the date on which the maintenance was confirmed. The faults are
also displayed by pressing "DEF".
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
9.3. Special faults
9.3.1 Consistency fault
A consistency fault may appear when several system entries return contradictory or inconsistent
information.
Fault Page Working Page

Display Display
Consistency faults include several faults:
- Deadman Consistency : Deadman problem/deadman safety

- Overload Sensor Consistency : Overload sensor NO/NF problem
- Overload Sensor Redundancy : Sensor1/sensor 2 overload problem
- PVPX Consistency : PVPX set point/recopy problem
- Forward Trigger Consistency : Deadman/trigger problem
80
- BP Base Consistency : Deadman base/basket selection problem
- BT Tilting Consistency : Cylinder Extended/Retracted tilting selection problem
- BP Jib Consistency : Lifting/lowering problem
- Speed Selection Consistency : Hare/tortoise selection problem
- Basket Rot. Consistency : Left/right selection problem
- Steering Selection Consistency : Left/right selection problem
The exact term for the consistency fault is shown in the fault history
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
9.3. Special faults
9.3.2 Start-up Fault
Fault Page Working Page

Display Display
Start-up faults include several faults:
- CC TOR Input : One or more On/Off inputs is in short-circuit.

- CC Ana Input : One or more analog inputs is in short-circuit.
- Relay Ka 1 HS : The KA 1 relay is inoperative
- Relay Ka X HS : One of the safety relays is inoperative
This fault blocks machine operation.

80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
10. SUMMARY LIST OF FAULTS
Logo displayed on pressing the “Fault” key Figure No. Fault heading in the History
UPC301 CAN network
Network 10.1 UPC101 CAN network
Screen CAN network
Bottom UPC301 supply

Bottom UPC101 supply
Supply Low screen supply
10.5
Top UPC301 supply
Top UPC101 supply
Top screen supply
Water temperature 102 Water temperature

Oil pressure 10.3 Oil pressure
Battery charge 10.4 Battery charge 10
Forward motion joystick 10.15 Forward motion joystick

Arms 1/2 joystick 10.16 Arms 1/2 joystick
Arm 3 joystick 10.17 Arm 3 joystick
Telescope joystick 10.18 Telescope joystick
Turret joystick 10.19 Turret joystick 10.19 turret joystick
Diesel gauge 10.20 Diesel gauge
Tilt 10.21-10.22 Tilt
Overload 10.23-10.24 Overload
TOR input CC
Ana input CC
Start-up prohibition HS Ka1 HS relay
10.27-10.28 HS Ka2 HS relay
80
HS Ka3 HS relay
HS KaX HS relay
Switched input 10.6 Switched input
Dead Man’s system coherence

Overload sensor coherence
Overload sensor redundancy
PVPX coherence
Forward motion left coherence
Coherence 10.25-10.26 Base button coherence
Tilt button coherence
Pendular arm button coherence
Speed selector coherence
Basket rotation coherence
Steering selection coherence
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Logo displayed on pressing the “Fault” key Figure No. Fault heading in the History
Oil change 10.8 Oil change maintenance
Oil filter 10.9 Oil filter maintenance
Air filter 10.10 Air filter maintenance
Diesel filter 10.11 Diesel filter maintenance
Hydraulic filter 10.12 Hydraulic filter maintenance
Hydrostatic filter 10.13 Hydrostatic filter maintenance
Lubrication 10.14 Lubrication maintenance
Mechanical check 10.7 Mechanical check maintenance
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
11 - TABLE OF PARAMETERS
Valeur
Minim. Valeur
Maxim. Numéro
Global
Sous-Groupe
Sub-Group Numéro
Number Description Valeur
Value Chapter
Chapitre
Value
Minimale Maximale
Value Global
Number
0 Bras 1-2Arms
Raising Mont1-2
VitesseMax
Maxspeed
V V 72 57 87 153 6,1
1 Lowering
Bras ArmsVitesse
1-2 Desc 1-2 MaxMaxspeed
V3 V3 60 45 75 158 6,1
2 Telescope Extension
Telescope Sort VitesseMax
Maxspeed
V3 V3 74 59 89 164 6,1
3 Telescope Rentr Vitesse
Telescope Retraction MaxMax V3 V3
speed 58 43 73 169 6,1
4 Raising
Bras Arm 3Vitesse Max
3 Mont MaxV3
speed V3 62 47 77 174 6,1
5 Bras 3 Desc
Lowering ArmVitesse
3 Max
MaxV3speed V3 45 30 60 179 6,1
MAXIMUM
REGLAGE
SPEED
VITESSE 6 Extension
Inclin tilt Vitesse Max
Sortie MaxV3
speed V3 37 22 52 202 6,1
MAXIMUM
ADJUSTMENT 7 Inclin Rentree
Retraction tilt VitesseMax
Maxspeed
V3 V3 18 5 33 207 6,1
8 Raising pendular
Pendulaire Montarm MaxMax
Vitesse speed
V3V3 58 43 73 212 6,1
9 Pendulaire Desc Vitesse
Lowering pendular Max
arm Max V3 V3
speed 22 7 37 217 6,1
10 Turret
Rot rotation
Tourel Dr right
Vitesse Max
Max speed
V3 V3 36 21 51 222 6,1
11 Turret
Rot rotation
Tourel Gcleft
Vitesse Max
Maxspeed
V3 V3 36 21 51 227 6,1
12 Basket
Rot rotation
Panier right Max speed
Dr Vitesse V3 V3 12 5 27 233 6,1
13 Basket
Rot rotation
Panier left
Gc Vitesse Max
Maxspeed
V3 V3 12 5 27 238 6,1
0 Tempo Arret
Flashing lightGyrophare
stoppage time delay 10 1 300 250 7,1
1 TOR generator
Tempo Activationactivation timeTOR
Generatrice delay 40 1 300 251 7,2
2 BTelescope
loc a ge T elocking
le s c ope 0 0 1 287 7,3
OPTIONS
3 Transport Only
Inclinaison tilt Seul
Transport 1 0 1 288 7,4
4 Base horn
Numero option
Option number
Klaxon Base 0 0 2 289 7,5
5 IForward motion
Interdiction prohibition, Work mode
Avct Travail 0 0 1 290 7,6
0 Restore parameters
Restauration Parametres 0 0 1 466 8,1
GESTION
PARAMETER Save parameters
PARAMETRES
1 Sauvegarde Parametres 0 0 1 467 8,2
CONTROL Restore default parameters
2 Restauration Param Defaut 0 0 1 468 8,3
0 Travail Vitessemax
Forw. motion Max Avt Work mode
speed, 37 5 100 88 9,1
1 Travail Rampeaccel
Forw. motion Accel Avt Work mode
ramp, 35 0 100 89 9,2
2 Travail Rampedecel
Forw. motion Decel Avt Work mode
ramp, 25 0 100 90 9,3
80
3 Rev. motion
Travail max
Vitesse speed,
Max Arr Work mode 37 0 100 91 9,1
4 Rev. motion
Travail accel
Rampe ramp,
Accel ArrWork mode 35 0 100 92 9,2
5 Rev. motion
Travail decel
Rampe ramp,
Decel ArrWork mode 25 0 100 93 9,3
6 Forw. motion
Transport max Vitesse
Tortue slow speed,
MaxTransport
Avt mode 100 0 100 94 9,1
7 Forw. motion
Transport accel ramp
Tortue slowAccel
Rampe speed,Avt
Transp. mode 15 0 100 95 9,2
8 Forw. motionTortue
Transport decel ramp slowDecel
Rampe speed,Avt
Transp.t mode 9 0 100 96 9,3
REXTH
GESTION AVCT 9 Rev. motion
Transport max slow
Tortue speed,
Vitesse MaxTransp.
Arr mode 100 0 100 97 9,1
FORWARD
REXTH 10 Rev. motionTortue
Transport accel ramp slow speed,
Rampe Accel Transp.
Arr mode 15 0 100 98 9,2
MOTION
11 Rev. motionTortue
Transport decel ramp slow speed,
Rampe Decel Transp.
Arr mode 9 0 100 99 9,3
CONTROL
12 Forw. motionLievre
Transport max high speed,Max
Vitesse Transp.
Avtmode 100 0 100 100 9,1
Transport accel ramp highAccel
Rampe speed,Avt
Transp. mode 15 0 100 101 9,2
Transport decel ramp
RampehighDecel
speed,Avt
Transp. mode 10 0 100 102 9,3
15 Rev. motionLievre
Transport max high speed,Max
Vitesse Transp.
Arrmode 100 0 100 103 9,1
Transport accel ramp high Accel
Rampe speed, Arr
Transp. mode 15 0 100 104 9,2
Transport decel ramp high Decel
Rampe speed, Transp.
Arr mode 10 0 100 105 9,3
18 Forw. motion
Transport max ramp
Rampe speed,
Vitesse Max Transp.
Avt mode 60 0 100 106 9,1
19 Forw. motionRampe
Transport accel ramp rampAccel
Rampe speed,Avt
Transp. mode 20 0 100 107 9,2
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
20 Forw. motion decel

Transport Rampe rampRampe
ramp speed, Transp
Decel Avtmode 15 0 100 108 9,3
21 Rev. motion max
Transport ramp speed,
Rampe Transp
Vitesse Max mode
Arr 60 0 100 109 9,1
22 Rev. motion accel
Transport Ramperamp Rampe
ramp speed, Transp
Accel Arrmode 20 0 100 110 9,2
23 Rev. motion decel
Transport Ramperamp Rampe
ramp speed, Transp
Decel mode
Arr 15 0 100 111 9,3
24 Forw motion curve
Avancement TypetypeCourbe 0 0 1 112 9,4
25 Anti-stalling Activation
Anticalage activation 1 0 2 113 9,5
PUMP
SELECTION 0 SAUERPompe
Mode pump mode
SAUER 0 0 1 83
POMPE
SELECTION 10,1
0 Forw motion
Travail max
Vitesse speed,
Max Avt Work mode 37 0 100 114 11,1
1 Forw motion
Travail accel
Rampe ramp,
Accel AvtWork mode 24 0 100 115 11,2
2 Forw motion
Travail decel
Rampe ramp,
Decel AvtWork mode 10 0 100 116 11,3
3 Rev motion
Travail maxMax
Vitesse speed,
Arr Work mode 37 0 100 117 11,1
4 Rev motion
Travail accel
Rampe ramp,
Accel ArrWork mode 24 0 100 118 11,2
5 Rev motion
Travail decel
Rampe ramp,
Decel ArrWork mode 10 0 100 119 11,3
6 Forw motionTortue
Transport max slow speed,Max
Vitesse Transp
Avtmode 80 0 100 120 11,1
7 Forw motion accel
Transport TortuerampRampe
slow speed, Transp
Accel mode
Avt 20 0 100 121 11,2
8 Forw motion decel
Transport TortuerampRampe
slow speed, TranspAvt
Decel mode 4 0 100 122 11,3
9 Rev motion Tortue
Transport max slowVitesse
speed, Transp
Max Arrmode 80 0 100 123 11,1
10 Transport Tortue
Rev motion accel ramp Rampe
slow speed,Accel
TranspArr
mode 20 0 100 124 11,2
SAUER 11 Transport Tortue
Rev motion decel ramp Rampe Decel
slow speed, TranspArr
mode 4 0 100 125 11,3
FORWARD
GESTION AVCT 12 Transport
Forw motionLievre Vitesse
max high speed,Max Avtmode
Transp 100 0 100 126 11,1
MOTION
SAUER 13 Transport Lievre
Forw motion accel rampRampe Accel
high speed, Avtmode
Transp 15 0 100 127 11,2
CONTROL
14 Forw motion decel
Transport LievrerampRampe
high speed, Transp
Decel Avtmode 10 0 100 128 11,3
15 Rev motion Lievre
Transport max high speed, Max
Vitesse Transp
Arrmode 100 0 100 129 11,1
16 Rev motion accel
Transport rampRampe
Lievre high speed, TranspArr
Accel mode 15 0 100 130 11,2
17 Rev motion decel
Transport rampRampe
Lievre high speed, TranspArr
Decel mode 10 0 100 131 11,3
18 Forw motionRampe
Transport max ramp speed,Max
Vitesse Transp
Avtmode 40 5 100 132 11,1
19 Forw motion accel
ramp speed, Transp
Accel Avtmode 26 0 100 133 11,2
20 Forw motion decel
ramp speed, Transp
Decel mode
Avt 15 0 100 134 11,3
21 Rev motion Rampe
Transport max rampVitesse
speed, Max
Transp mode
Arr 40 0 100 135 11,1
80
22 Rev motion accel

Transport Ramperamp ramp
Rampespeed, TranspArr
Accel mode 26 0 100 136 11,2
23 Transport Rampe
Reve motion decel rampRampe Decel
ramp speed, Arrmode
Transp 15 0 100 137 11,3
24 Avancement Type type
Forw motion curve Courbe 0 0 1 138 11,4
25 Anti-stallingActivation
Anticalage activation 1 0 2 139 11,5
0 Regime Moteur
Calcul coef Coefspeed
engine Calcul 564 10 7000 0 12,1
1 Regime
Engine Moteur Retard
speed filer Filtre
delay 20 0 200 1 1,2,2
2 VMin
a levalue,
ur Minjoysticks
Ma nips 2500 2000 3500 2 1,2,3
3 Recouvrement Min Manips
Min recovery, joysticks 4500 4000 5000 3 1,2,4
4 Recouvrement
Max recovery, Max Manips
joysticks 5300 5000 6000 4 1,2,5
INPUT
GESTION
CONTROL 5 VMax
a le uvalue,
r Ma xjoysticks
Ma nips 7500 6500 8000 5 1,2,6
ENTREES
6 Activation
Forw motionSwitch Manip
joystick switchAvct
activation 1 0 1 6 1,2,7
7 Activation Switch
1/2/telescope Manip
joystick 1/2/Telesc
switch activation 1 0 1 7 1,2,7
8 3/turret joystick
Activation Switchswitch
Manipactivation
3/Tourelle 1 0 1 8 1,2,7
9 Reversal Sens
Inversion of direction arm 1-2
Manip Bras joystick 1 0 1 9 1,2,7
10 Rev. of direction
Inversion telescope
Sens Manip Tel joystick 0 0 1 10 1,2,8
11 Reversal Sens
Inversion of direction arm 33 joystick
Manip Bras 1 0 1 11 1,2,8
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
12 Inversion
ReversalSens Manip Tourlle
of direction turret joystick 1 0 1 12 1,2,8
13 Inversion Sens Manip
Rev of direction Avct joystick
forw motion 0 0 1 13 1,2,8
14 Filtr Manipmotion
Forward Avct Travail
joystick filter, Work 10 0 200 14 1,2,9
15 Filtr
ForwManip
motion Avct Transport
joystick Tortuetransp
filter, slow-speed 20 0 200 15 1,2,9
16 Filtr
ForwManip
motion Avct Transport
joystick Lievretransp
filter, high-speed 40 0 200 16 1,2,9
17 Filtr
ForwManip
motionAvct Transport
joystick Rampe
filter, ramp transp 18 0 200 17 1,2,9
18 Forw motion
Tempo joystNeutr
Detect NeutralManip
detectionAvct
time delay 5 0 100 18 1,2,10
19 Dead Man’s
Tempo system
Detect Hommedetection
Mort time
ON delay 1 0 100 19 1,2,11
20 Diesel
Filtre sensorGasoil
Capteur filter 15 0 100 20 1,2,12
0 Inversion
Reversal Sens PVG Bras
of direction 1-2PVG
arm 1 0 1 60 13,1
1 Inversion Sens PVG
Rev of direction Telescope
telescope PVG 1 0 1 61 13,1
2 Inversion
Reversal Sens PVG Bras
of direction 3 PVG
arm 1 0 1 62 13,1
3 Inversion
Reversal Sens PVG 4 PVG
of direction 0 0 1 63 13,1
4 Inversion
Reversal Sens PVG Direction
of direction steering PVG 0 0 1 64 13,1
5 Inversion
Reversal Sens PVG Inclinaison
of direction tilt PVG 0 0 1 65 13,1
6 Inversion Sens PVG
Rev of direction Pendulaire
pendular arm PVG 0 0 1 66 13,1
7 Rev of direction
Inversion Sens PVGbasket rotation PVG
Rot Panier 0 0 1 67 13,1
8 Rev of direction
Inversion Sens PVGturret
Rot rotation
TourellePVG 0 0 1 68 13,1
9 Rev of direction
Inversion RH forw
Sens Pompe motion
Avct RH pump 0 0 1 69 13,2
10 Inversion Sens Pompe
Rev of direction Avct
SR forw SR pump
motion 0 0 1 70 13,2
OUTPUT
GESTION 11 ForwardAvant
Marche motion RH min
Courant Mincurrent
RH 350 1 700 71 13,3
CONTROL
SORTIES
12 Marche Avant RH
Forw motion Courant Max current
120 max RH 1200 300 1800 72 13,4
13 Marche
ReverseArriere
motionCourant
RH 35Min
minRH
current 350 1 700 73 13,3
14 Rev motion
Marche RHCourant
Arriere 120 max current
Max RH 1200 300 1800 74 13,4
15 ForwardAvant
Marche motion SR min
Courant current
Min SR 230 1 700 75 13,3
16 ForwardAvant
Marche motion SR max
Courant Maxcurrent
SR 1400 300 1800 76 13,4
17 Reverse
Marche motion
Arriere SR 230
Courant min
Min SRcurrent 230 1 700 77 13,3
18 Marche
ReverseArriere
motionCourant
SR maxMax SR
current 1400 300 1800 78 13,4
19 Hydraulic
Tempo safety
Arret Secustop time delay
Hydrau 4 0 50 79 13,5
80
20 Authorised
Tempo hydraulic
Secu mvt safety
Mvt Hydrau time delay
Autorise 1 0 50 80 13,6
21 Steering
Active selection
Avance Selectadvance active
Direction 0 0 1 81 13,7
22 Steering
Tempo select
Arret stopDirection
Select time delay 10 0 50 82 13,8
0 TypeNO/NF
Type NO/NC INTOR1
INTOR1 CONT
GEST 0 0 255 21 14,1
1 TypeNO/NF
Type NO/NC INTOR2
INTOR2 CONT
GEST 0 0 255 22 14,1
2 TypeNO/NF
Type NO/NC INTOR3
INTOR3 CONT
GEST 0 0 255 23 14,1
INTOR
CONFIG 3 Type
TypeNO/NF
NO/NCINTOR1 UPC101-1
INTOR1 UPC101-1 0 0 255 24 14,1
INTOR
CONFIG 4 Type
TypeNO/NF
NO/NCINTOR2 UPC101-1
INTOR2 UPC101-1 0 0 255 25 14,1
5 TypeNO/NF
Type NO/NC INTOR3
INTOR3 UPC101-1
UPC101-1 0 0 255 26 14,1
6 TypeNO/NF
Type NO/NC INTOR1
INTOR1 CEK-20-1
CEK20-1 0 0 255 27 14,1
7 Type
TypeNO/NF
NO/NCINTOR2 CEK20-1
INTOR2 CEK-20-1 0 0 255 28 14,1
0 Tempo Defaut
Can Bus fault Bus
timeCAN
delay 5 2 100 252 15,1
1 Tempo Gestioncontrol
Fault general Generale Defauts
time delay 80 0 300 253 15,2
2 Tempo
EngineDefaut
water Temp Eau Moteur
temp time delay 100 1 600 254 15,1
3 Tempo
EngineDefaut Pres Huile
oil pressure faultMot
time delay 40 1 600 255 15,1
4 BatteryDefaut
Tempo chargeCharge
fault time delay
Batterie 200 1 600 256 15,1
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
5 Tempo
Diesel Defaut Niveau
level low Bas Gasoil
fault time delay 150 1 600 257 15,1
6 Seuil Defaut
Diesel level Niveau Basthreshold
low fault Gasoil 10 0 20 258 15,3
7 Tempo Defaut
Fault time Surcharge
delay On On
for Overload 10 1 600 259 15,1
Fault time delay for Overload Off 15,1
9 Tempo
Tilt faultDefaut Devers
time delay 1 1 600 261 15,4
10 Tempo Voyant
Time delay forON surON
light Devers
upon Tilt 6 1 100 262 15,4
11 Tempo Voyant
Time delay forOFF
lightsur
OFFDevers
upon Tilt 4 0 100 263 15,5
12 Tempo Voyant
Time delay ONON
for light sur upon
Surcharge
Overload 6 1 100 264 15,5
13 Tempo Voyant
Time delay OFFOFF
for light sur upon
Surcharge
Overload 4 0 100 265 15,6
14 Tempo Buzzer
Time delay ON sur
buzzer ONDevers
upon Tilt 8 1 100 266 15,6
15 Tempo Buzzer
Time delay OFF sur
buzzer OFFDevers
upon Tilt 10 1 100 267 15,7
16 Time delay
Tempo oil-water
Buzzer fault buzzer
ON Defaut ON
Eau-Huile 6 1 100 268 15,7
FAULT
GESTION 17 Time delay
Tempo oil-water
Buzzer fault buzzer
OFF Defaut OFF
Eau-Huile 4 1 100 269 15,8
CONTROL
DEAFAUTS
18 Time delay
Tempo horn
Klaxon ONON
surupon movement
Mouvement 1 1 100 270 15,8
19 Time delay
Tempo horn
Klaxon OFF
OFF surupon movement
Mouvement 11 1 100 271 15,9
20 Time delay
Tempo diesel
Klaxon fault
Defaut horn
Gasoil 6000 100 15000 272 15,9
21 Number
Nb of horn
Bip Klaxon beepsGasoil
Defaut for diesel fault 3 1 10 273 15,9
22 DieselKlaxon
Duree fault horn duration
Defaut Gasoil 4 1 20 274 15,10
23 Number
Nb of horn beeps
Bip Klaxon for movemt
Interdiction Mvtprohibition 1 1 10 275 15,10
24 Movement
Duree prohibition
Klaxon horn
Interdiction duration
Mvt 4 1 20 276 15,11
25 Overload
Bypass faultSurcharge
Defaut by-pass 0 0 0 277 15,1
26 Dead Man’s
Tempo system Homme
Coherence coherenceMort
time delay 10 1 100 278 15,1
27 Tempo Coherence
Overload coherenceSurcharge
time delay 22 NO-NF
NO-NC 10 1 100 279 15,1
28 Tempo Coherence
time delay1-2
1-2ON
ON 10 1 100 280 15,1
29 Tempo Coherence
time delay1-2
1-2OFF
OFF 10 1 100 281 15,1
30 Tempo
PVPX Coherence
coherence PVPX ON ON
time delay 130 1 500 282 15,1
31 Tempo Coherence time
PVPX coherence PVPXdelay
OFF OFF 10 1 500 283 15,1
32 Tempo
TriggerCoherence
coherenceGachette ONON
time delay 5 1 100 284 15,1
33 Tempo
BasketCoherence Boutonstime
button coherence Panier
delay 5 1 100 285 15,1
80
34 Tempo Coherence
Base button Boutontime
coherence Base
delay 5 1 100 286 15,12
0 Incoherence
Tempo Valideerror validation time delay
Err Incoherence 40 1 300 292 16,1
1 SensorValide
Tempo error Err
validation
Capteurtime delay 40 1 300 293 16,1
2 Safeties
Bypass calculation
Calcul by-pass
Securites 0 0 1 294 16,2
3 Incoherence
Bypass Calcul error calculation by-pass
Err Incoherence 0 0 1 295 16,2
4 Start-up
Bypass errorErr
Calcul calculation
Demarrageby-pass 0 0 1 296 16,2
SAFETY
GESTION
5 Stop Engine
Tempo Validesafety
Secuvalidation time delay
Stop Moteur 25 0 300 297 16,1
CONTROL
SECU
6 Dead Man’s
Tempo safety time
Secu Homme Mortdelay 600 0 3000 298 16,1
7 TriggerSecu
Tempo safety time delay
Gachette 50 0 3000 299 16,1
8 TRelay
e mposafety
S e c u time
R e la delay
is 3 1 20 300 16,2
9 K1 relay
Tempo safety
Secu time
Relais K1 delay 40 20 200 301 16,3
10 Overload
Tempo cut-out
Secu safety
Coupure time delay
Surcharge 20 5 200 302 16,4
0 Tempo Arret Regime
Max engine Maximum
speed stop time delay 1 0 200 241 17,1
1 Tempo Activation
Max engine speedRegime Maximum
activation time delay 4 0 40 242 17,2
CONTROL
GESTION
2 Tempo
EngineValide Moteur
start-up Demarre
validation time delay 10 0 600 243 17,3
3 Tempo
EngineValide Moteur Arrete
stop validation time delay 10 0 600 244 17,3
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
4 EngineSecurite
Tempo start-upMoteur
safety time delay
Demarre 20 1 300 245 17,4
5 Movt forbidden
Bypass engine reg
Reg Mot Interdit Mvt by-pass 1 0 1 246 17,5
ENGINE
GESTION
MOTEUR 6 Engine
Seuil start-up
Moteur threashold
Demarre 600 0 1000 247 17,6
CONTROL
7 Engine Valide
Tempo speed forcing
Forcagevalid time delay
Regime 1 0 600 248 17,7
8 Engine Devalide
Tempo speed forcing devalid
Forcage time delay
Regime 0 0 600 249 17,8
PRE-HEATING
PRECHAUFFAGE Pre-heating time delay
18,1
0 Forw. mvt
Tempo Avctafter
Apresstopping
Arret time delay 5 0 100 84 19,1
FORWARD
GESTION 1 Translation
Tempo stop detection
Detection time delay
Arret Transation 1 1 100 85 19,2
MOVEMENT
AVANCEMENT 2 Transp Detection
Tempo limit switch Fdc
detection time delay
Transport 0 0 60 86 19,3
CONTROL
3 Work limit
Tempo switch detection
Detection time delay
Fdc Travail 0 0 60 87 19,4
0 Idling speed
Anticalage anti-stalling
Regime Ralenti 1300 50 4000 140 20,1
1 Max engine
Anticalage speedMaxi
Regime anti-stalling 2200 50 4000 141 20,2
2 Engine filter
Filtre Moteur 5 0 20 142 20,3
3 Activation Seuil
Anticalage threshold anti-stalling
Activation 150 0 400 143 20,4
ANTI-
GESTION
4 High P gain
GainP Haut 1000 2 10000 144 20,5
STALLING
ANTICALAGE
CONTROL 5 High I gainGainI
Haut 800 2 10000 145 20,5
6 Low P gainGainP
Bas 1000 2 10000 146 20,5
7 Low I gain GainI
Bas 600 2 10000 147 20,5
8 Engine
Coef setting
Filtre filter coefficient
Consigne Moteur anti-stalling 20 0 200 148 20,6
0 Volume Gasoilvolume
Inlet 0 diesel Entree 0 330 200 3000 29 21,1
1 Volume
Outlet 0Gasoil
dieselSortie
volume0 80 0 99 30 21,2
3 Volume
Outlet 1Gasoil
dieselSortie
volume1 76 0 99 32 21,2
5 Outlet 2Gasoil
Volume dieselSortie
volume2 70 0 99 34 21,2
6 Inlet 3 diesel
Volume Gasoilvolume
Entree 3 615 200 3000 35 21,1
7 Outlet 3Gasoil
Volume dieselSortie
volume3 66 0 99 36 21,2
8 Inlet 4 diesel
Volume Gasoilvolume
Entree 4 710 200 3000 37 21,1
9 Outlet 4Gasoil
Volume dieselSortie
volume4 60 0 99 38 21,2
80
10 Inlet 5 diesel
Volume Gasoilvolume
Entree 5 780 200 3000 39 21,1
11 Outlet 5Gasoil
Volume dieselSortie
volume5 56 0 99 40 21,2
12 Inlet 6 diesel
Volume Gasoilvolume
Entree 6 850 200 3000 41 21,1
13 Outlet 6Gasoil
Volume dieselSortie
volume6 50 0 99 42 21,2
14 Inlet 7 diesel
Volume Gasoilvolume
Entree 7 935 200 3000 43 21,1
GAUGE
GESTION
JAUGE
CONTROL 15 Volume
Outlet 7Gasoil
dieselSortie
volume7 44 0 99 44 21,2
17 Volume
Outlet 8Gasoil
dieselSortie
volume8 38 0 99 46 21,2
19 Volume
Outlet 9Gasoil
dieselSortie
volume9 32 0 99 48 21,2
20 Volume
Inlet 10 Gasoil
dieselEntree
volume10 1630 200 3000 49 21,1
21 Outlet 10
Volume diesel
Gasoil volume
Sortie 10 26 0 99 50 21,2
22 Volume
Inlet 11 Gasoil
diesel Entree
volume11 1800 200 3000 51 21,1
23 Volume Gasoil
Outlet 11 Sortie
diesel 11
volume 20 0 99 52 21,2
24 Volume
Inlet 12 Gasoil
dieselEntree
volume12 1950 200 3000 53 21,1
25 Outlet 12
Volume diesel
Gasoil volume
Sortie 12 16 0 99 54 21,2
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
26 Volume
Inlet 13 Gasoil
diesel Entree
volume13 2350 200 3000 55 21,1
27 Volume Gasoil
Outlet 13 Sortie
diesel 13
volume 10 0 99 56 21,2
28 Volume
Inlet 14 Gasoil
diesel Entree
volume14 2500 200 3000 57 21,1
29 Volume Gasoil
Outlet 14 Sortie
diesel 14
volume 0 0 99 58 21,2
30 Volume totaltotal
Diesel tank Reservoir Gasoil
volume 80 1 99 59 21,3
SPEED
GESTION 0 Mode
BasketVitesse Mvts Panier
mvt speed mode 3 1 3 149 22,1
CONTROL
VITESSES 1 Mode Vitesse Mvtsspeed
Base movement Base mode 2 1 3 150 22,1
0 Decompression
tempo time delay
Decompression 2 0 100 332 23,1
1 C orre c tion 1 70 0 200 333 23,2
2 C orre c tion 2 89 0 200 334 23,2
3 C orre c tion 3 90 0 200 335 23,2
4 C orre c tion 4 90 0 200 336 23,2
5 C orre c tion 5 90 0 200 337 23,2
6 C orre c tion 6 100 0 200 338 23,2
7 C orre c tion 7 80 0 200 339 23,2
8 C orre c tion 8 100 0 200 340 23,2
9 C orre c tion 9 75 0 200 341 23,2
10 C orre c tion 1 0 74 0 200 342 23,2
11 C orre c tion 1 1 60 0 200 343 23,2
12 C orre c tion 1 2 75 0 200 344 23,2
13 C orre c tion 1 3 55 0 200 345 23,2
14 C orre c tion 1 4 65 0 200 346 23,2
15 C orre c tion 1 5 60 0 200 347 23,2
16 C orre c tion 1 6 67 0 200 348 23,2
FLOW
CONTROL 17 C orre c tion 1 7 60 0 200 349 23,2
18 C orre c tion 1 8 60 0 200 350 23,2
19 C orre c tion 1 9 55 0 200 351 23,2
20 C orre c tion 2 0 65 0 200 352 23,2
21 C orre c tion 2 1 60 0 200 353 23,2
80
22 C orre c tion 2 2 60 0 200 354 23,2

23 C orre c tion 2 3 78 0 200 355 23,2
24 C orre c tion 2 4 90 0 200 356 23,2
25 C orre c tion 2 5 70 0 200 357 23,2
26 C orre c tion 2 6 75 0 200 358 23,2
27 C orre c tion 2 7 75 0 200 359 23,2
28 C orre c tion 2 8 80 0 200 360 23,2
29 C orre c tion 2 9 60 0 200 361 23,2
30 C orre c tion 3 0 65 0 200 362 23,2
31 C orre c tion 3 1 65 0 200 363 23,2
32 C orre c tion 3 2 77 0 200 364 23,2
33 C orre c tion 3 3 80 0 200 365 23,2
34 C orre c tion 3 4 80 0 200 366 23,2
35 C orre c tion 3 5 75 0 200 367 23,2
36 C orre c tion 3 6 80 0 200 368 23,2
37 C orre c tion 3 7 70 0 200 369 23,2
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
38 C orre c tion 3 8 80 0 200 370 23,2

39 C orre c tion 3 9 70 0 200 371 23,2
40 C orre c tion 4 0 86 0 200 372 23,2
41 C orre c tion 4 1 80 0 200 373 23,2
42 C orre c tion 4 2 90 0 200 374 23,2
43 C orre c tion 4 3 75 0 200 375 23,2
44 C orre c tion 4 4 90 0 200 376 23,2
45 C orre c tion 4 5 90 0 200 377 23,2
46 C orre c tion 4 6 70 0 200 378 23,2
47 C orre c tion 4 7 90 0 200 379 23,2
48 C orre c tion 4 8 88 0 200 380 23,2
49 C orre c tion 4 9 100 0 200 381 23,2
50 C orre c tion 5 0 85 0 200 382 23,2
51 C orre c tion 5 1 80 0 200 383 23,2
52 C orre c tion 5 2 100 0 200 384 23,2
53 C orre c tion 5 3 80 0 200 385 23,2
54 C orre c tion 5 4 80 0 200 386 23,2
55 C orre c tion 5 5 75 0 200 387 23,2
56 C orre c tion 5 6 75 0 200 388 23,2
57 C orre c tion 5 7 75 0 200 389 23,2
FLOW
REGLAGE
58 C orre c tion 5 8 90 0 200 390
DEBIT 23,2
CONTROL
59 C orre c tion 5 9 75 0 200 391 23,2
60 C orre c tion 6 0 78 0 200 392 23,2
61 C orre c tion 6 1 76 0 200 393 23,2
62 C orre c tion 6 2 70 0 200 394 23,2
63 C orre c tion 6 3 70 0 200 395 23,2
64 C orre c tion 6 4 65 0 200 396 23,2
65 C orre c tion 6 5 75 0 200 397 23,2
66 C orre c tion 6 6 70 0 200 398 23,2
80
67 C orre c tion 6 7 85 0 200 399 23,2
68 C orre c tion 6 8 70 0 200 400 23,2
69 C orre c tion 6 9 70 0 200 401 23,2
70 C orre c tion 7 0 60 0 200 402 23,2
71 C orre c tion 7 1 60 0 200 403 23,2
72 C orre c tion 7 2 65 0 200 404 23,2
73 C orre c tion 7 3 65 0 200 405 23,2
74 C orre c tion 7 4 55 0 200 406 23,2
75 C orre c tion 7 5 60 0 200 407 23,2
76 C orre c tion 7 6 70 0 200 408 23,2
77 C orre c tion 7 7 75 0 200 409 23,2
78 C orre c tion 7 8 60 0 200 410 23,2
79 C orre c tion 7 9 55 0 200 411 23,2
80 C orre c tion 8 0 60 0 200 412 23,2
81 C orre c tion 8 1 90 0 200 413 23,2
82 C orre c tion 8 2 85 0 200 414 23,2
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
83 C orre c tion 8 3 80 0 200 415 23,2

84 C orre c tion 8 4 90 0 200 416 23,2
85 C orre c tion 8 5 90 0 200 417 23,2
86 C orre c tion 8 6 80 0 200 418 23,2
87 C orre c tion 8 7 75 0 200 419 23,2
88 C orre c tion 8 8 85 0 200 420 23,2
89 C orre c tion 8 9 90 0 200 421 23,2
90 C orre c tion 9 0 90 0 200 422 23,2
91 C orre c tion 9 1 75 0 200 423 23,2
92 C orre c tion 9 2 80 0 200 424 23,2
93 C orre c tion 9 3 70 0 200 425 23,2
94 C orre c tion 9 4 100 0 200 426 23,2
95 C orre c tion 9 5 70 0 200 427 23,2
96 C orre c tion 9 6 85 0 200 428 23,2
97 C orre c tion 9 7 75 0 200 429 23,2
98 C orre c tion 9 8 85 0 200 430 23,2
99 C orre c tion 9 9 80 0 200 431 23,2
100 C orre c tion 1 0 0 70 0 200 432 23,2
101 C orre c tion 1 0 1 75 0 200 433 23,2
102 C orre c tion 1 0 2 80 0 200 434 23,2
FLOW 103 C orre c tion 1 0 3 90 0 200 435 23,2
CONTROL
104 C orre c tion 1 0 4 90 0 200 436 23,2
105 C orre c tion 1 0 5 85 0 200 437 23,2
106 C orre c tion 1 0 6 80 0 200 438 23,2
107 C orre c tion 1 0 7 70 0 200 439 23,2
108 C orre c tion 1 0 8 100 0 200 440 23,2
109 C orre c tion 1 0 9 70 0 200 441 23,2
110 C orre c tion 1 1 0 70 0 200 442 23,2
111 C orre c tion 1 1 1 70 0 200 443 23,2
80
112 C orre c tion 1 1 2 80 0 200 444 23,2

113 C orre c tion 1 1 3 85 0 200 445 23,2
114 C orre c tion 1 1 4 70 0 200 446 23,2
115 C orre c tion 1 1 5 70 0 200 447 23,2
116 C orre c tion 1 1 6 80 0 200 448 23,2
117 C orre c tion 1 1 7 100 0 200 449 23,2
118 C orre c tion 1 1 8 100 0 200 450 23,2
119 C orre c tion 1 1 9 90 0 200 451 23,2
120 C orre c tion 1 2 0 100 0 200 452 23,2
121 C orre c tion 1 2 1 100 0 200 453 23,2
122 C orre c tion 1 2 2 100 0 200 454 23,2
123 C orre c tion 1 2 3 90 0 200 455 23,2
124 C orre c tion 1 2 4 100 0 200 456 23,2
125 Turret movement reduction 1-2 95 0 200 457 23,3
126 Turret movement reduction 3 90 0 200 458 23,3
127 Pendular arm raising reduction 80 0 200 459 23,4
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
128 Reduction Pendul

Pendular arm Descente
lowering reduction 90 0 200 460 23,4
129 TArm
iroirslide
B ra svalve
1 2 12 1 0 4 461 23,5
130 TArm
iroir3Bslide
ra s 3valve 1 0 4 462 23,5
131 TTel
iroforward
ir A vt T eslide
l valve 4 0 4 463 23,5
132 TTel
irorear
ir A rrslide
T e l valve 2 0 4 464 23,5
133 TPVG
iroir 4P V G 4 valve
slide 0 0 4 465 23,5
0 Direction
Max speed Droite
steerVit. MaxV2-V1
right V2-V1 0 0 100 187 24,1
1 Direction
Max speed Droite
steerVit. MaxV3-V2
right V3-V2 0 0 100 188 24,1
2 Max speed
Direction steerVitesse
Droite right V3
Max V3 100 5 100 189 24,2
3 Direction
Accel rampDroite
steerRampe
right Accel 0 0 100 190 24,3
4 Direction
Decel rampDroite Rampe
steer right Decel 4 0 100 191 24,4
5 Max speed
Direction steer Vit.
Gauche left Max
V2-V1
V2-V1 0 0 100 192 24,1
STEERING
GESTION 6 Max speed
Direction steer Vit.
Gauche left Max
V3-V2
V3-V2 0 0 100 193 24,1
CONTROL
DIRECTION
7 Max speed
Direction steer Vitesse
Gauche left V3 Max V3 100 5 100 194 24,2
8 Accel ramp
Direction steer Rampe
Gauche left Accel 0 0 100 195 24,3
9 Decel ramp
Direction steerRampe
Gauche left Decel 4 0 100 196 24,4
10 Activation Realign Roues
Wheels realignment activation 1 0 1 197 24,5
11 Tempo
WheelsAlign Rouestime delay
alignment 50 0 1000 198 24,6
12 Tempo
WheelsClig Align Roues
alignment flashing time delay 2 0 200 199 24,7
0 Bras
Arms1-2
1-2Mont
maxVit. Maxraising
speed V2-V1 V2-V1 5 0 100 151 25,1
1 Bras
Arms1-2
1-2Mont
maxVit. Max raising
speed V3-V2 V3-V2 5 0 100 152 25,1
2 Bras
Arms1-2
1-2Mont Rampe
accel ramp Accel
raising 15 0 100 154 25,2
3 Bras
Arms1-2
1-2Mont Rampe
decel ramp Decel
raising 10 0 100 155 25,3
GESTIONOF
CONTROL
BRAS 1-2 4 Bras
Arms1-2
1-2Desc
maxVit. Maxlowering
speed V2-V1 V2-V1 5 0 100 156 25,1
ARMS 1-2
5 Bras
Arms1-2
1-2Desc
maxVit. Maxlowering
speed V3-V2 V3-V2 5 0 100 157 25,1
6 Arms1-2
Bras 1-2 accel
Desc rampAccel
Rampe lowering 22 0 100 159 25,2
7 Arms1-2
Bras 1-2 decel
Desc rampDecel
Rampe lowering 12 0 100 160 25,3
8 Ramp arms
Rampe 1-2Descente
Bras 1-2 lowering Fdc
limit switch 35 0 100 161 25,4
0 Telescope Sort
Telescope max Vit.
speed extension
Max V2-V1 V2-V1 3 0 100 162 26,1
80
1 Telescope Sort
Telescope max Vit.
speed extension
Max V3-V2 V3-V2 3 0 100 163 26,1
2 TelescopeSort
Telescope extension
Rampeaccel
Accelramp 10 0 100 165 26,2
TELESCOPE 3 TelescopeSort
Telescope extension
Rampedecal
Decelramp 10 0 100 166 26,3
GESTION
CONTROL
TELESCOPE 4 Telescope Rentr
Telescope max speed retraction
Vit. Max V2-V1 V2-V1 3 0 100 167 26,1
5 Telescope Rentr
Telescope max speed retraction
Vit. Max V3-V2 V3-V2 3 0 100 168 26,1
6 TelescopeRentr
Telescope retraction
Rampe accel ramp
Accel 10 0 100 170 26,2
7 TelescopeRentr
Telescope retraction
Rampe decal ramp
Decel 2 0 100 171 26,3
0 Bras
Arm 33 Mont Vit. Max
max speed V2-V1V2-V1
raising 3 0 100 172 27,1
1 Arm 33 Mont
Bras max speed raising
Vit. Max V3-V2V3-V2 3 0 100 173 27,1
2 Arm 33 Mont
Bras accelRampe
ramp raising
Accel 14 0 100 175 27,2
3 Arm 33 Mont
Bras decelRampe
ramp raising
Decel 11 0 100 176 27,3
ARM 3
GESTION
BRAS 3
CONTROL 4 Arm 33 Desc
Bras max Vit.
speed
Maxlowering
V2-V1 V2-V1 3 0 100 177 27,1
5 Arm 33 Desc
Bras max Vit.
speed
Maxlowering
V3-V2 V3-V2 3 0 100 178 27,1
6 Arm 33 Desc
Bras accelRampe
ramp lowering
Accel 30 0 100 180 27,2
7 Arm 33 Desc
Bras decelRampe
ramp lowering
Decel 12 0 100 181 27,3
8 ArmMin
Vit 3 min speed
Bras loweringFdc
3 Descente limit switch 70 0 100 182 27,4
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
9 Ramp arm
Rampe Bras 33 lowering
Descentelimit
Fdc switch 18 0 100 183 27,4
10 Ramp arm
Rampe Bras 3 Montee
raising limit
Fdc switch 30 0 100 184 27,4
11 Tel retracted
Coef accel coefficient
Acc Tel Rentre 20 0 200 185 27,5
12 Time delay
Tempo Arretstop on limit switch
Sur fdc 45 0 200 186 27,6
0 Max speed
Inclin extension
Sortie Vit. tilt V2-V1
Max V2-V1 0 0 100 200 28,1
1 Inclin Sortie Vit.
Max speed Max V3-V2
extension tilt V3-V2 0 0 100 201 28,1
2 Inclin
AccelSortie
ramp Rampe Accel
extension tilt 7 0 100 203 28,2
TILT
GESTION 3 Inclin
DecelSortie
rampRampe Decel
extension tilt 2 0 100 204 28,3
INCLINAISON
CONTROL 4 Max speed
Inclin retraction
Rentree tilt V2-V1
Vit. Max V2-V1 0 0 100 205 28,1
5 Max speed
Inclin retraction
Rentree tilt V3-V2
Vit. Max V3-V2 0 0 100 206 28,1
6 AccelRentree
Inclin ramp retraction tilt
Rampe Accel 20 0 100 208 28,2
7 DecelRentree
Inclin ramp retraction tilt
Rampe Decel 4 0 100 209 28,3
0 Max speed increase
Pendulaire Mont Vit.pendular arm V2-V1
Max V2-V1 2 0 100 210 28,1
1 Max speed increase
Pendulaire Mont Vit.pendular arm V3-V2
Max V3-V2 2 0 100 211 29,2
2 Pendulaire
Accel rampMont Rampe
increase Accel arm
pendular 25 0 100 213 29,3
PENDULAR
GESTION 3 Pendulaire
Decel rampMont Rampe
increase Decel arm
pendular 8 0 100 214 29,4
ARM
PENDULAIRE
CONTROL 4 Pendulaire Desc Vit.pendular
Max speed decrease Max V2-V1arm V2-V1 0 0 100 215 29,1
5 Pendulaire Desc Vit.pendular
Max speed decrease Max V3-V2arm V3-V2 2 0 100 216 29,2
6 Pendulaire
Accel rampDesc Rampependular
decrease Accel arm 70 0 100 218 29,3
7 Decel rampDesc
Pendulaire decrease
Rampependular
Decel arm 18 0 100 219 29,4
0 MaxTourel
Rot speedDr
right
Vit.turret rotation V2-V1
Max V2-V1 3 0 100 220 30,1
1 MaxTourel
Rot speedDr
right
Vit.turret rotation V3-V2
Max V3-V2 3 0 100 221 30,1
2 Rot Tourel
Accel ramp Drright
Rampe Accel
turret rotation 40 0 100 223 30,2
GESTION
TURRET 3 Decel
Rot ramp
Tourel Drright
Rampeturret rotation
Decel 15 0 100 224 30,3
ROTATION
ROTATION 4 Rot
MaxTourel
speedGcleft
Vit.turret
Max rotation
V2-V1 V2-V1 3 0 100 225 30,1
TOURELLE
CONTROL
5 Rot
MaxTourel
speedGcleft
Vit.turret
Max rotation
V3-V2 V3-V2 3 0 100 226 30,1
6 Rot Tourel
Accel ramp Gcleft
Rampe
turretAccel
rotation 40 0 100 228 30,2
7 Rot Tourel
Decel ramp Gcleft
Rampe
turretDecel
rotation 15 0 100 229 30,3
8 Acc coef
Coef telescope
Acc Tel Rentre retracted 25 0 200 230 30,4
80
0 Rot
MaxPanier
speedDr Vit.basket
right Max V2-V1
rotation V2-V1 0 0 100 231 31,1
1 Rot
MaxPanier
speedDr Vit.basket
right Max V3-V2
rotation V3-V2 0 0 100 232 31,1
2 Rot Panier
Accel ramp Drright
Rampe Accel
basket rotation 0 0 100 234 31,2
BASKET
GESTION
3 Rot Panier
Decel rampDrright
Rampe Decel
basket rotation 0 0 100 235
ROTATION 31,3
ROTATION
PANIER
CONTROL 4 MaxPanier
Rot speedGc
leftVit.
basket rotation V2-V1
Max V2-V1 0 0 100 236 31,1
5 MaxPanier
Rot speedGc
leftVit.
basket rotation V3-V2
Max V3-V2 0 0 100 237 31,1
6 Accel
Rot ramp
Panier Gcleft basket
Rampe rotation
Accel 0 0 100 239 31,2
7 Decel
Rot ramp
Panier Gcleft basket
Rampe rotation
Decel 0 0 100 240 31,3
POCKET LANGUAGE
LANGUE POCKET 0 LDisplay
a ngue language
A ffic ha ge 0 0 1 303 32,1
0 HEngine
e ure Mhour
ote ur 0 0 30000 304 33,1
1 M inute M
Engine ote ur
minute 0 0 60 305 33,1
2 RentalMoteur
Heure engineLocation
hour 0 0 10000 306 33,1
3 Rental Moteur
Minute engine minute
Location 0 0 200 307 33,1
4 Oil change
Heure service hour
Maintenance Chgt Huile 0 0 10000 308 33,1
5 Sec
Oil Maintenance Chgt
change service secHuile 0 0 3600 309 33,1
6 1ere Maintenance
1st oil ChgtOK
change service Huile OK 0 0 1 310 33,1
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
7 Heure Maintenance
Oil filter Filtre Huile
service hour 0 0 10000 311 33,1
8 Sec
Oil Maintenance Filtre Huile
filter service sec 0 0 3600 312 33,1
9 1st oil
1ere filter serviceFiltre
Maintenance OK Huile OK 0 0 1 313 33,1
10 Air filter
Heure service hour
Maintenance Filtre Air 0 0 10000 314 33,1
11 Air Maintenance
Sec filter service sec
Filtre Air 0 0 3600 315 33,1
12 1st air
1ere filter service
Maintenance OK Air OK
Filtre 0 0 1 316 33,1
13 DieselMaintenance
Heure filter service Filtre
hour Gasoil 0 0 10000 317 33,1
14 Diesel
Sec filter service
Maintenance sec
Filtre Gasoil 0 0 3600 318 33,1
15 1st diesel
1ere filter service
Maintenance OK OK
Filtre Gasoil 0 0 1 319 33,1
TIME
REGLAGE
HEURES
SETTING 16 Hydraulic
Heure filter service
Maintenance hour
Filtre Hydraulique 0 0 10000 320 33,1
17 Hydraulic
Sec filter service
Maintenance sec
Filtre Hydraulique 0 0 3600 321 33,1
18 1st hydraulic
1ere filterFiltre
Maintenance service OK OK
Hydraul 0 0 1 322 33,1
19 Hydrostatic
Heure filter service
Maintenance hour
Filtre Hydrostat 0 0 10000 323 33,1
20 Sec Maintenance
Hydrostatic filter Filtre
serviceHydrostat
sec 0 0 3600 324 33,1
21 1ere Maintenance
1st hydrostatic Filtre
filter Hydrost
service OKOK 0 0 1 325 33,1
22 Heure Maintenance
General lubrication Graissage General
service hour 0 0 10000 326 33,1
23 General
Sec lubrication
Maintenance serviceGeneral
Graissage sec 0 0 3600 327 33,1
24 1st general
1ere lubrication
Maintenance Graissservice
GeneralOK
OK 0 0 1 328 33,1
25 Mechanical
Heure check service
Maintenance hour
Controle Meca 0 0 10000 329 33,1
26 Mechanical
Sec check
Maintenance serviceMeca
Controle sec 0 0 3600 330 33,1
27 1st mechanical
1ere Maintenancecheck service
Controle OKOK
Meca 0 0 1 331 34,1
0 750B0320
750B0320Jul
Jul01012008
2008 0 0 0 469 34,2
1 685406*Jul
685406* Jul01
012008
2008 0 0 0 470 34,3
2 TProcess Timer
ime r P ro ces s 30 30 50 471 34,4
3 ITotal
nitia liinitialisation
s a tion T ota le 0 0 1 472 34,5
80
4 Recouvrement
PVG prop min Min PVG Prop
recovery 4500 4000 5000 473 34,6
5 Recouvrement
PVG prop maxMax PVG Prop
recovery 5500 5000 6000 474 34,13
6 Compteur Arret
PVG supply Alim PVG
stoppage counter 10 0 500 475 34,7
INTERNAL
DONNEES 7 GainP
P gainboucle
currentdeloop
courant
0/1 0/1 190 10 2000 476 34,8
DATA
INTERNES 8 I gainboucle
GainI currentdeloop 0/1 0/1
courant 120 10 2000 477 34,7
9 P gainboucle
GainP currentdeloop 2/3 2/3
courant 40 10 2000 478 34,8
10 I gainboucle
GainI currentdeloop 2/3 2/3
courant 30 10 2000 479 34,9
11 SPWM
e uil Eerror
rre urthreshold
P wm 400 10 10000 480 34,10
12 Tempo Annul
PWM error Err Pwm time-out
cancellation 100 1 300 481 34,11
13 Tempo Detect
PWM error Err Pwmtime-out
detection 20 1 300 482 34,12
14 Frequence PWM 0/1
PWM frequency 0/1 3 1 15 483 34,12
15 PWM frequency
Frequence 2/3
PWM 2/3 8 1 15 484 34,12
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
OPERATION OF THE LOWER CONSOLE (from No. 949267)
CONTROLS USED ON THE BASE CONTROL PANEL
68
53
68
PROGRAM OPERATION
1 Start-up page
80
2 Preheating pages
System check and update

80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
3 Work pages
Presentation
Current date and time
Engine speed
Information and Warnings
area (overload, tilting) Battery voltage
Fuel remaining
Maintenance
Total engine hours
warning area
Control or detected
fault area Machine number
Examples of work pages
80
Base control panel Basket control Fault detected Identification of fault
panel (overload)
Display detected faults
OK key:
OK key: go to return to
next fault the work
page
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
4 Menu pages
Presentation
MAINTENANCE menu
CALIBRATION menu
SETTINGS menu DIAGNOSTIC menu
SCREEN menu
SECRET CODE menu
CODIFICATION menu
Sub-menu display
Machine display
Comment: the CALIBRATION menu is only displayed at higher access levels than user level (requires a
secret code to be entered, see next paragraph).
Menu access level

Access level Code Commentary
USER - Access limited to the first 6 menus.
READING 1000 Calibration menu displayed. Allows information (hours, faults, parameters)
to be read but not changed.
DEALER/HIRER 0241 Allows validation of maintenance operations and resetting rental time.
Allows the saving, reminder or resetting of a complete set of parameters.
Allows modification of the parameters of some sub-groups.
MANUFACTURER **** Allows forcing of maintenance, rental and engine hours.
Allows machine number change.
Allows deletion of fault, maintenance and daily hours logs.
Larger number of modifiable parameter sub-groups.
80
Secret code
entered
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Presentation of sub-menus
MENU SUB-MENU ACCESS LEVEL COMMENTS

SCREEN ADJUSTMENT USER Screen-specific settings: contrast, brightness, date
and time. Deactivation of screen BEEP.
SCREEN
CODIFICATION USER Displays the different codes: Manitou code,
product code, equipment code, software code,
CODIFICATION machine number.
MACHINE NUMBER MANUFACTURER Forces the system’s machine number.
HOUR COUNTER USER Displays engine hours.
DEALER: option of resetting rental hours.
DIAGNOSTICS HIRER/MANUFACTURER: option to force engine
and rental hours.
DAILY HOURS USER Displays engine hours per day.
L/C: option of resetting daily hours.
INPUT/OUTPUT DISPLAY USER Displays system Inputs and Outputs.
DIAGNOSTICS USER Detection of missing conditions for activating a
movement.
FAULT HISTORY USER Displays the fault log.
L/C: option of deleting the log.
CODE USER Enter an access code.
SECRET CODE ANTI-START LOCK USER (if option) Locking of access platform (only available with
anti-start option).
MANAGE ANTI-START DEALER (if option) Activation of anti-start option and adjustment of
option settings.
ANTI-START CODE MODIFICATION DEALER (if option) Modification of the platform release code (only
with the anti-start option)
DEFAULT ANTI-START CODE MANUFACTURER (if option) Return to the default release code (factory set)
(available only with the anti-start option).
USER OPTIONS USER Access to specific User options.
SETTINGS DEALER OPTIONS DEALER Access to specific Dealer options.
MANUFACTURER OPTIONS MANUFACTURER Access to specific Hirer/Manufacturer options
DEALER: display possible.
LANGUAGE DEALER Access to screen language choices.
SECRET CODES MANUFACTURER Access to READ and DEALER codes.
SYSTEM PARAMETERS READING Access to system parameters (access to the
different parameter sub-groups depends on the
access level).
80
MAINTENANCE USER Maintenance display (warnings and hours
remaining).
MAINTENANCE DEALER: possibility of validating maintenance
carried out.
L/C: option of forcing the time remaining to each
maintenance.
MAINTENANCE HISTORY READING Displays the validation dates of each maintenance
operation.
L/C: option of deleting the log.
ENGINE ACCELERATOR DEALER Access to the engine accelerator calibration page.
CALIBRATION READ: display possible.
CALIBRATION
MANIPULATOR CALIBRATION DEALER Access the control panel manipulator calibration
page.
SPEED CALIBRATION DEALER Access to the movement speed calibration page
(adjusted at end of production line). READ: display
possible.
OVERLOAD CALIBRATION DEALER Access to the redundant strain gauge settings
page.
GENERATOR CALIBRATION DEALER Access to the generator calibration page.
READ: display possible.
PARAMETER MANAGEMENT DEALER Access the management of the machine’s
complete set of parameters (save/recover/reset)
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Screen Menu
Screen Settings Sub-Menu
The Screen Settings page serves to adjust the contrast, brightness and the time and date settings, as
well as to turn off the sound of the keys.
Contrast Brightness Time/date Disable key beep

adjustment adjustment adjustment
The keyboard and keys are used to navigate between settings.

The keyboard and keys are used to change the setting.
+ = Restore default factory settings (factory set).
Codification menu
Machine Number Sub-Menu
Codification sub-menu
This sub-menu records another machine number
80
This sub-menu displays all the system’s for the system.

product codes.
OK key: show
details Change
value
Next number or
validation number
(if last number)
System code Details of machine

display codes and numbers
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Machine selection sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to select the machine

on which the system is installed.
Selection modification
Validation after selection
Diagnostics menu
Hour Counter Sub-Menu
This sub-menu displays the number of hours the engine has run since the access platform was put into
80
service or since the last reset by the dealer ("LOCAT.").
OK key: Hour
reset Confirmation with
NEXT or BACK keys
User level Dealer level
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Daily Hours Sub-Menu
This sub-menu displays the number of hours the engine has run each day since the last time the counters
were reset.
Resetting
hours
User level Manufacturer level
Input/Output Display Sub-Menu
This sub-menu displays the system’s various inputs and outputs.

8 types of inputs/outputs can be displayed:
1 - Power supplies
2 - INTOR (On/Off inputs)
3 - INANA (Analog inputs)
4 - HSCE (High Speed Counter Encoder)
5 - OUTTOR (On/Off outputs)
6 - OUTANA (Analog outputs)
7 - OUTPWM (current outputs)
80
8 - UPU-S (Extreme Cold option)
The keyboard and keys are used to navigate between the different Inputs and Outputs.
The keyboard and keys are used to navigate between the different pages for the selected Inputs
and Outputs.
Meaning of code (SW, PB, etc.): o 80 - Electrical troubleshooting
All the visual displays are shown with the platform in the following state:
- Transport position
- Ignition ON (engine OFF)
- Basket position selector (command)
- Engine speed forcing switch to "sun"
- Slow speed (tortoise) selector
- 2-Wheel steering selector
- Platform on level ground
- Platform not overloaded
- Front and rear wheels aligned.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Power supplies
INTOR
Description ON OFF
Tilt Not tilted Tilted
Backup pump Pressed Released
Base/Base dead man selector Base Basket
80
Arm 3 down sensor Up Not down
Arm 3 up sensor Up Not down
PVPX command reread Movement No movement
Brake EV command reread Released Applied
Engine stop command reread *
Overload no. 1 No overload Overload
Battery charge Charged Uncharged
Oil pressure Pressurized Not pressurized
Water temperature OK NOK
Forced max. engine rpm Snow Sun
*: Always ON. Switches to OFF for a few seconds during
engine cut-off
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Description ON OFF
LH steering Pressed Released
RH steering Pressed Released
Basket tilting retracted Pressed Released
Basket tilting extended Pressed Released
Jib up Pressed Released
Jib lowering Pressed Released
Low speed mode Low speed Other mode
High speed mode High speed Other mode
LH Basket rotation Pressed Released
RH Basket rotation Pressed Released
Crab mode Crab Other mode
4-wheel mode 4-wheel Other mode
Lower arm / telescope manipulator Not neutral Neutral
Upper arm / telescope manipulator Not neutral Neutral
Description ON OFF
Trigger movement Pressed Released
Differential lock Pressed Released
Overload sensor no. 2 No overload Overload
Movement manipulator Not neutral Neutral
Levelling unlock Pressed Released
Horn Pressed Released
80
ON
OFF
677718
677719
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
677719
Description ON OFF
Jib up Actuated Not actuated
Jib lowering Actuated Not actuated
Telescope - Retracted Actuated Not actuated
Telescope - Extended Actuated Not actuated
Arm 3 - Raised Actuated Not actuated
Arm 3 Lowered Actuated Not actuated
Arm 1/2 - Raised Actuated Not actuated
Arm 1/2 - Lowered Actuated Not actuated
Left-hand turret rotation Actuated Not actuated
Right-hand turret rotation Actuated Not actuated
Tilting - Levelling Actuated Not actuated
Tilt out - Tilt in Actuated Not actuated
Description ON OFF
Right Actuated Not actuated
MORE Actuated Not actuated
OK Actuated Not actuated
Menu Actuated Not actuated
Exit Actuated Not actuated
Fault Actuated Not actuated
LESS Actuated Not actuated
Left Actuated Not actuated
INANA
80
Description Value
Status No fault Fault
Arm 1/2 PVG fault Gross 2,20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Telescope PVG fault Gross 2,20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Arm 3 PVG fault Gross 2,20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Auxiliary PVG fault Gross 2,20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Status Not aligned Aligned
Front axle aligned Gross 2,20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Description Value
Status Not aligned Aligned
Rear axle aligned Gross 2,20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Status Arm raised Arm lowered
Arm down limit switch Gross 2.20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Status Telescope extended Telescope retracted
Telescope retracted limit switch Gross 2.20% 64%
Scale OFF ON
Status Unblocked Jammed
Axle lock sensor Gross 2.20% 90%
Scale OFF ON
Status Empty Full
Fuel gauge Gross 238 Ohms 34 Ohms
Scale 0 Litre 45 Litres
Description Value
Status Lifting Neutral Lowering
Lower arm manipulator Gross 25% 50% 75%
Scale 75% 50% 25%
Status Disposals Neutral Retracted
Telescope manipulator Gross 75% 50% 25%
Scale 75% 50% 25%
Upper arm manipulator Gross 25% 50% 75%
Scale 75% 50% 25%
Status Left Neutral Right
Turret manipulator Gross 75% 50% 25%
Scale 25% 50% 75%
Status Front Neutral Rear
Travel manipulator Gross 75% 50% 25%
Scale 75% 50% 25%
80
Description Value
Status Not pressed Pressed
Dead man pedal Gross 0V 12V
Scale OFF ON
Generator push button Gross 64% 0%
Scale OFF ON
Status / /
Not used Gross / /
Scale / /
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Description Value
Sensitive bar Gross 5V 12V
Scale OFF ON
Reset push button Gross 0V 12V
Scale OFF ON
HSCE
Description Value
Status Min. rpm Forced speed
Engine speed Gross 200 Hz 320 Hz
Scale 1050 rpm 1800 rpm
80
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
OUTTOR
Description ON OFF
Arm 1/2 PVG power supply Active Inactive
Telescope PVG power supply Active Inactive
Arm 3 lifting PVG power supply Active Inactive
Auxiliary PVG power supply Active Inactive
Flashing Lights Active Inactive
Flashing Lights Active Inactive
Anti-start safety Active Inactive
PVPX hydraulic safety Active Inactive
Engine stop Active Inactive
Brake EV Active Inactive
Oscillation EV 1 Active Inactive
Oscillation EV 2 Active Inactive
Differential lock EV Active Inactive
Crab EV Active Inactive
Description ON OFF
4-Wheel EV Active Inactive
LH steering EV Active Inactive
RH steering EV Active Inactive
Turret LH rotation EV Active Inactive
Turret RH rotation EV Active Inactive
Rotating beacon light Active Inactive
Preheat Active Inactive
Horn Active Inactive
Basket tilt up EV Active Inactive
Basket tilt down EV Active Inactive
LH Basket rotation EV Active Inactive
RH Basket rotation EV- Active Inactive
Jib up EV Active Inactive
Jib down EV Active Inactive
80
Description ON OFF
Sensor power supply Active Inactive
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Description ON OFF
Basket buzzer Active Inactive
Front axle aligned indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Rear axle aligned indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Engine fault indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Levelling fault indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Overload indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Preheating indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Fuel indicator lamp Lit Unlit
Overload safety No overload Overload
Basket components power supply Active Inactive
OUTANA
Description Value
Lower arm PVG
Value 25% 50% 75%
Status Disposals Neutral Retracted
Telescope PVG
Value 25% 50% 75%
Upper arm PVG
Value 25% 50% 75%
Status Activated Neutral Activated
Auxiliary PVG
Value 25% 50% 25%
80
OUTPWM
Description Value
Status Forward Gear Neutral Reverse Gear
Forward gear electrovalve Set point Up to 1200 mA 0 mA 0 mA
Copy Up to 1200 mA 0 mA 0 mA
Status Forward gear neutral Reverse Gear
Reverse gear electrovalve Set point 0 mA 0 mA Up to 1200 mA
Copy 0 mA 0 mA Up to 1200 mA
Status Min. rpm Max. rpm
Engine accelerator valve Set point 0 mA 700 mA
Copy 0 mA 700 mA
Status Generator active Generator off
Generator valve Set point * 0 mA
Copy * 0 mA
*: According to the "generator setting"

parameter adjustment (300 mA to
1700 mA).
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
UPU-S (Extreme Cold option)
Description
State of BP security bypass linked to

low temperature
Temperature measurement sensor
n°1
Temperature measurement sensor
n°2
Fault Description of fault
0 POWER SUPPLY LOW
1 POWER SUPPLY HIGH
UPU-S sensor internal alerts: 2 FAULT SENSOR N°1
3 FAULT SENSOR N°2
4 INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN SENSORS N°1 AND N°2
5 to 7 Not used
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Diagnostic sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to diagnose an access platform, i.e. detect

Select
the conditions that are missing for enabling a movement.
movement
to be tested
Start test
Perform the movement so that the system can carry out the diagnostics
End of test,
result display
Mode detected
Origin of order detected
Status of movement control
Missing and/or blocking conditions
80
Steering carried out without detection

of mission condition
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Fault History Sub-Menu
This sub-menu allows you to view the last faults stored by the system (1000 max.).
The faults are displayed from most recent to oldest. The oldest faults are deleted to
make room for the more recent ones.
Fault reset
Dealer level
Secret code menu
Code sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to enter a secret code in order to change the access level
to the different screen pages.
In the event that the incorrect code is entered, the current access level will return to
the user level.
80
Anti-start code Modification sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to record a new anti-start code. It is only accessible if the anti-start option
is enabled.
New Confirmation If code input

code of new code error
requested
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Default anti-start Code sub-menu
This sub-menu enables the manufacture to re-activate the default anti-start code. It
is only accessible if the anti-start option is enabled.
Settings Menu
User Options sub-menu
Option
This sub-menu serves to select and/or change a machine option (user
access level level).
Select option Dealer/hirer Options sub-menu

Activate or This sub-menu can be used to select and/or change a machine option
80
deactivate
(dealer level).
Confirm
User level Dealer level Manufacturer level

(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Language sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to select the screen display language.
Select
language
Confirm
Secret Code sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to select and/or change the access code.
System parameters sub-menu

80
This sub-menu can be used to select a group of parameters and to access all the parameters of that
group to read/change them.
View the sub-groups and description of the screens:

o 80 - ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT -
OPERATION OF THE BASE CONSOLE (FROM N° 949267)
OK key: access - PROGRAM PARAMETERS
parameters
Select parameter Select parameter

group
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Maintenance Menu
Maintenance sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to view the time remaining before each system maintenance operation is
to be performed.
A maintenance operation that is indicated as "To be done" or "Urgent" must be performed and validated
buy the dealer (maintenance hours reset).
User level Dealer level Manufacturer level
User level: All maintenance operations can be viewed (reset not possible).
Dealer level: All maintenance operations can be viewed and can be reset.
Manufacturer level: All maintenance operations can be viewed and can be modified (forcing of engine
hours).
Reset the maintenance
OK key: access 80
parameters Confirm with
and
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Maintenance History sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to view the last 10 validations

Maintenance
made for each maintenance operation.
selected
Number of hours
remaining before
validation of the
next maintenance
operation
Maintenance
validation date
Calibration Menu
Engine Accelerator Calibration Sub-Menu
This sub-menu enables the calibration of the engine accelerator.
Setting selection
Setting adjustment
Enable/disable acceleration mode

Engine speed calibration:
Set point engine rpm o 10 - ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Measured engine rpm - E N G I N E S P E E D B LO C K S E T T I N G S -
80
ELECTROVALVE VERSION (FROM N°949267)
Manipulator Calibration sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to calibrate each control panel manipulator.
Activation of calibration:
Push the manipulator to its stop, with the Dead man pedal depressed (and the
trigger pressed for travel).
Confirm the position by pressing the Unlock Levelling button on the control panel.
Calibration result:
The basket buzzer indicates the result of the calibration.
- 1 beep = calibration OK
- 2 beeps = calibration not OK
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Speed Calibration sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to calibrate the main access platform movement speeds.
Movement selection
Setting adjustment
Strain gauge Calibration sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to calibrate the strain gauges.

Use the OK key to toggle between the two strain gauges.
Press one, then both strain gauges. e SENSOR ADJUSTMENT - OVERLOAD CALIBRATION
Calibration result:
The basket buzzer indicates the result of the calibration.
- intermittent beep = only one sensor is activated (Test 1: sensor DS301, Test 2: sensor
DS302)
- continuous beep = both sensors are activated
Generator calibration sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to calibrate the generator.

(See below for the generator adjustment procedure.)
80
Pressure Settings sub-menu
This sub-menu can be used to set the max. pressures for each cylinder (electric limit
switches disabled)
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Parameter Management Sub-Menu
This sub-menu can be used to manage the machine

parameters:
- Restore machine parameters
- Save machine parameters
- Return to default parameters
Save machine parameters
Confirm with
and
5 Immobiliser option
This page is only accessible if the "Immobiliser coded" option is enabled

80
Immobiliser code request
On power-up, if the time limit since the last shut-down of the system is exceeded (by
more than 60 min. and up to 180 min.), the system automatically displays the code
request page.
To authorise the general operation of the platform (engine start-up and platform
movements), the immobiliser code must be entered.
If entered incorrectly, the code is requested again and the incorrect code is stored.
Default code (ex-factory):

0000
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Temporary lock
Five incorrect codes entered successively will result in a warning message being
displayed for 2 minutes.
No code can be entered during this time (platform locked).
Each additional incorrect code will double the locking time. A sixth incorrect code
results in the message being displayed for 4 minutes, a seventh incorrect code 8
minutes, and so on.
The maximum platform locking time is 64 minutes.
Display of history at start-up
If at least one incorrect code has been entered without the system being unlocked
(attempting to start the platform without a code), the code error history is automatically
displayed at start-up.
6 USB Transfer Option
These pages only appear if the "Event Log USB Transfer" is enabled.
Data transfer takes place using a USB key via the specific USC module (USB interface) previously installed
on the platform (with the "Event Log USB Transfer" option enabled).
80
The system automatically detects any USB key connected to the module and automatically downloads
the entire event log (up to 1000 events). The event log corresponds to all the warnings and faults
contained in the fault history
Press:
Press:
If a problem occurs during data transfer, the

download stops to display a specific page giving
details of the type of problem encountered.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Machine selection calibration sub-menu (Case of UPC30 computer replacement)
This menu allows the selection of the following machine:

- 200ATJ
In "Manufacture" access mode, go to the "machine number" menu. This selection page will appear
automatically at the end of the calibration procedure (after saving the parameters and just before the
Machine Number entry page) if the machine has not already been selected.
The standard program (CARRARO axle calibration) is the default program if no machine is selected.
Machine not selected Machine selection Machine selected
GENERATOR SETTING (optional)
Platform test

sing a multimeter (A), check the (no load) voltage at the terminals of
U
the two generator sockets: the voltage reading should be between 240-
250V, or 115-125V (in the case of a 3.5 kW 110V generator).
bb
A
If the voltage is not correct at the terminals of the socket, modify

80
the program parameters (see next page - GENERATOR PROGRAM

MODIFICATION).
Using the multimeter, check that the generator stops when a movement
is requested. To do this carry out the following operation:
- From the base control panel, extend the jib or extend the
telescope: the voltage should disappear.
- Stop the movement: the voltage should reappear after 3 seconds.
Connect the socket (B) to the generator (C).
B
sing the multimeter, perform all the previous checks on the socket
U
located in the basket.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
GENERATOR PROGRAM MODIFICATION Fig. A
STEP 1: ENTER THE DEALER CODE

Switch on the access platform. Fig. B Fig. C Fig. D
From the base console (Fig. A):

ress
P , the page (Fig. B) will appear. Next, select
the icon using the keys then confirm by
pressing .
T he page shown in (Fig. C) will appear. Enter the rolling
code with the keys, then confirm with .
The menu page (Fig. D) will now display the icon,
giving access to certain other additional menus.
Fig. E Fig. F
STEP 2: GENERATOR PRESET
S elect the icon using the keys, then select "Calibration
génératrice" (Generator calibration) (Fig. E) using the keys,
then press .
Lower the value to 26 using the keys. (Fig. F), then press .
STEP 3: GENERATOR SETTING Fig. G Fig. H 80

S witch on the engine. Activate the
generator by means of the starter switch
D (Fig. G) on the basket control panel. E
D
sing a multimeter E (Fig. H), check the

U
(no load) voltage at the terminals of the
two generator sockets: the voltage reading
should be between 240-250 V (in the case
of a 3.5 kW - 5 kW 230 V generator) or
115-125 V (in the case of a 3.5 kW 110 V
generator).
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
STEP 4: GENERATOR SETTING

Fig. I Fig. K
eturn to the menu and select the
R icon using the keys,
then select "Calibration génératrice" (Generator calibration) (Fig. I)
using the keys, then press .
Adjust the setting using the keys (Fig. K), to obtain a value of
240-250 V (in the case of a 3.5 kW - 5 kW 230 V generators) or 115-
125 V (in the case of a 3.5 kW 110 V generator) on the multimeter.
Then press .
Fig. L
sing the multimeter, check that the generator stops when a movement
U
is requested. To do this carry out the following operation: G
- From the base control panel, extend the jib or extend the
telescope: the voltage should disappear.
- Stop the movement: the voltage should reappear after 3 seconds. F
Connect the socket F (Fig. L) to the generator G (Fig. L).

sing the multimeter, perform all the previous checks on the socket
U
located in the basket.
Fig. M Fig. N
STEP 5: SAVING PARAMETERS
nce all the parameters have been modified, return to the menu
O
by pressing .
S elect the "calibration" icon using the keys, select the

80
"GESTION PARAMETRES" (Parameter management) menu (Fig. M)

using the keys, then press .
n the "GESTION PARAMETRES" (Parameter management) page, select
O
the "sauvegarde paramètres machine" (save machine parameters)
sub-menu (Fig. N) using the keys then press .
Fig. O
Confirm again by pressing .

S witch off the access platform for at least ten seconds before restarting,
to load the data.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
PROGRAM PARAMETERS
SCREEN GROUP
Sub-group Number Description Value (Min/Max)
0 Horn mode none/travel/movements 0 (0/2)
USER OPTION
1 Rotating beacon light always on 0 (0/1)
0 Block telescope (Hirer mode) 0 (0/1)
1 Allow working mode travel 1 (0/1)
2 Allow working mode tilting (basket) 0 (0/1)
DEALER OPTION. 3 Enable wheel re-alignment 0 (0/1)
4 Safe Man System activation 0 (0/1)
5 Reverse ramp speed + hare (high speed) mode 1 (0/1)
6 Easy Manager Activation 0 (0/1)
0 Allow translation movements 0 (0/1)
MANUF. OPTION.
1 Temperature safety option 0 (0/1)
0 Arm 1/2 up setting value 0 (-15/15)
1 Arm 1/2 down setting value 0 (-15/15)
2 Arm 3 up setting value 0 (-15/15)
3 Arm 3 down setting value 0 (-15/15)
4 Telescopic boom extension setting value 0 (-15/15)
5 Telescopic boom retraction setting value 0 (-15/15)
6 Jib up setting value 0 (-15/15)
7 Jib down setting value 0 (-15/15)
SPEED CALIBRATION
8 Turn table RH rotation setting value 0 (-15/15)
9 Turn table LH rotation setting value 0 (-15/15)
10 Basket tilt up setting value 0 (-15/15)
11 Basket tilt down setting value 0 (-15/15)
12 Basket RH rotation setting value 0 (-15/15)
13 Basket LH rotation setting value 0 (-15/15)
14 Forward working travel setting value 0 (-15/15)
15 Reverse working travel setting value 0 (-15/15)
0 Restore machine parameters 0 (0/1)
PARAMETER MANAGEMENT 1 Save machine parameters 0 (0/1)
2 Restore basic factory values 0 (0/1)
PARAMETER LANGUAGE 0 Parameter language 0 (0/1)
0 Engine Speed Calcul Coeff 5.64 (5.64/5.64)
1 Engine rpm filter delay 10 (0/50)
2 Working travel manipulator filter 10 (0/100)
3 Slow (tortoise) transport travel manipulator filter 15 (0/100)
80
4 Fast (hare) transport travel manipulator filter 25 (0/100)
5 Ramp transport travel manipulator filter 25 (0/100)
6 Fuel sensor filter 15 (0/100)
7 Levelling unlock time delay OFF (s) 0.5 (0.0/3.0)
8 Backup pump request time delay OFF (s) 2.0 (0.0/5.0)
9 Levelling time delay ON (s) 1.5 (0.0/30.0)
INPUT MANAGEMENT
10 Overload time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/5.0)
11 Overload time delay OFF (s) 1.0 (0.0/5.0)
12 Telescope limit switch time delay ON (s) 0.2 (0.0/3.0)
13 Telescope limit switch time delay OFF (s) 0.5 (0.0/3.0)
14 Arm down limit switch time delay ON (s) 0.2 (0.0/3.0)
15 Arm down limit switch time delay OFF (s) 0.5 (0.0/3.0)
16 Arm 3 down limit switch time delay ON (s) 0.2 (0.0/3.0)
17 Arm 3 down limit switch time delay OFF (s) 0.2 (0.0/3.0)
18 Arm 3 up limit switch time delay ON (s) 0.2 (0.0/3.0)
19 Arm 3 up limit switch time delay OFF (s) 0.2 (0.0/3.0)
0 Levelling sensor direction reversal 1 (1/1)
1 Overload 1 direction reversal 1 (1/1)
2 Overload 2 direction reversal 1 (1/1)
INPUT REVERSAL 3 Base select Dead Man direction reversal 0 (0/1)
4 PVPX reread direction reversal 0 (0/0)
5 Battery charge direction reversal 0 (0/0)
6 High water temperature direction reversal 1 (0/1)
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
SCREEN GROUP
7 Low oil pressure direction reversal 1 (0/1)
8 Front axle aligned direction reversal 0 (0/1)
INPUT REVERSAL 9 Rear axle aligned direction reversal 0 (0/1)
10 Osc pressure switch direction reversal 0 (0/0)
11 Immobiliser req direction reversal 1 (0/1)
0 Control current adjustment value 1 0 (-35/35)
5 160/180 ATJ Ctrl Value 0 (mA) 520 (0/1400)
6 160/180 ATJ Ctrl Value 1 (mA) 670 (300/1400)
7 160/180 ATJ Ctrl Value 2 (mA) 755 (300/1400)
LINEAR ENGINE SPEED 8 160/180 ATJ Ctrl Value 3 (mA) 855 (300/1400)
9 160/180 ATJ Ctrl Value 4 (mA) 980 (300/1400)
10 160/180 ATJ Ctrl Value 5 (mA) 1075 (300/1400)
11 200ATJ/ATJ+ Ctrl Value 0 (mA) 460 (0/1400)
0 Generator control min current value (mA) 300 (50/1000)
LINEAR GENERATOR
1 Generator control max current value (mA) 1700 (500/1900)
0 Preheat time delay (s) 7.0 (5.0/10.0)
1 Engine started safety time delay (s) 2.0 (0.0/5.0)
2 Eng Sp Forc not started time delay (s) 30 (5/180)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
3 Engine overspeed warning time delay ON (s) 1.0 (0.0/5.0)
4 Engine overspeed warning time delay OFF (s) 6.0 (0.0/10.0)
5 Generator engine speed (rpm) 1650 (1200/3000)
0 Travel time delay after stop (s) 0.3 (0.0/1.0)
1 Travel stop detection time delay (s) 0.1 (0.0/2.0)
2 Manipulator profile fast (hare) travel mode 1 (0/2)
3 Manipulator profile ramp travel mode 1 (0/2)
4 Manipulator profile slow (tortoise) travel mode 1 (0/2)
5 Manipulator profile working travel mode 1 (0/2)
GENERAL TRAVEL 6 Manipulator profile slow speed travel mode 1 (0/2)
7 Forward manipulator threshold linear offset profile (%) 66.00 (55.00/75.00)
80
8 Forward conservation threshold linear offset profile (%) 70.00 (55.00/75.00)

9 Reverse manipulator threshold linear offset profile (%) 34.00 (25.00/45.00)
10 Reverse conservation threshold linear offset profile (%) 30.00 (25.00/45.00)
11 Square profile rear setting 200 (0/500)
12 Square profile front setting 200 (0/500)
0 160 working mode maximum forward speed (%) 25 (10/40)
2 160/180 working mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 35 (0/100)
3 160/180 working mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
4 160 working mode maximum reverse speed (%) 25 (10/40)
6 160/180 working mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 35 (0/100)
7 160/180 working mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
DRIVING SPEED SETTINGS 8 ATJ+ working mode maximum forward speed (%) 26 (11/41)
9 ATJ+ working mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 55 (0/100)
10 ATJ+ working mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
11 ATJ+ working mode maximum reverse speed (%) 26 (11/41)
12 ATJ+ working mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 55 (0/100)
13 ATJ+ working mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
15 200 working mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 35 (0/100)
16 200 working mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
SCREEN GROUP
18 200 working mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 35 (0/100)
19 200 working mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
20 160 low speed mode maximum forward speed (%) 63 (48/78)
22 160/180 low speed mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 15 (0/100)
23 160/180 low speed mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
24 160 low speed mode maximum reverse speed (%) 63 (48/78)
26 160/180 low speed mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 15 (0/100)
27 160/180 low speed mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
28 ATJ+ slow speed mode maximum forward speed (%) 65 (50/80)
29 ATJ+ slow speed mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
30 ATJ+ slow speed mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 12 (0/100)
31 ATJ+ slow speed mode maximum reverse speed (%) 65 (50/80)
32 ATJ+ slow speed mode rear acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
33 ATJ+ slow speed mode rear deceleration ramp (%) 12 (0/100)
35 200 low speed mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 20 (0/100)
36 200 low speed mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
38 200 low speed mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 20 (0/100)
39 200 low speed mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
40 160 ramp mode maximum forward speed (%) 50 (35/65)
42 160/180 ramp mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 15 (0/100)
43 160/180 ramp mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
44 160 ramp mode maximum reverse speed (%) 50 (35/65)
46 160/180 ramp mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 15 (0/100)
DRIVING SPEED SETTINGS
47 160/180 ramp mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
48 ATJ+ ramp mode maximum forward speed (%) 56 (41/71)
49 ATJ+ ramp mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
50 ATJ+ ramp mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 13 (0/100)
51 ATJ+ ramp mode maximum reverse speed (%) 56 (41/71)
52 ATJ+ ramp mode rear acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
53 ATJ+ ramp mode rear deceleration ramp (%) 13 (0/100)
80
55 200 ramp mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
56 200 ramp mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
58 200 ramp mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
59 200 ramp mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
60 160/180 high speed mode maximum forward speed (%) 100 (85/100)
61 160/180 high speed mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 20 (0/100)
62 160/180 high speed mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 8 (0/100)
63 160/180 high speed mode maximum reverse speed (%) 100 (85/100)
64 160/180 high speed mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 20 (0/100)
65 160/180 high speed mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 8 (0/100)
66 ATJ+ high speed mode maximum forward speed (%) 100 (85/100)
67 ATJ+ high speed mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 33 (0/100)
68 ATJ+ high speed mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 8 (0/100)
69 ATJ+ high speed mode maximum reverse speed (%) 100 (85/100)
70 ATJ+ high speed mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 33 (0/100)
71 ATJ+ high speed mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 8 (0/100)
72 200 high speed mode maximum forward speed (%) 100 (85/100)
73 200 high speed mode forward acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
74 200 high speed mode forward deceleration ramp (%) 8 (0/100)
75 200 high speed mode maximum reverse speed (%) 100 (85/100)
76 200 high speed mode reverse acceleration ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
SCREEN GROUP
77 200 high speed mode reverse deceleration ramp (%) 8 (0/100)
DRIVING SPEED SETTINGS
78 Activation mode anti-stall 2 (0/3)
0 Anti-stall 160/180 activ threshold (rpm) 250 (100/500)
1 Anti-stall 160/180 GainP High 1000 (200/2000)
2 Anti-stall 160/180 GainI High 800 (200/2000)
3 Anti-stall 160/180 GainP Low 1000 (200/2000)
4 Anti-stall 160/180 GainI Low 600 (200/2000)
5 Anti-stall 160/180 Inc Rp Cons Mot (rpm) 20 (10/100)
6 Anti-stall 160/180 Dec Rp Cons Mot (rpm) 60 (10/100)
ANTI-STALL
7 Anti-stall 200/FC activ threshold (rpm) 350 (100/500)
8 Anti-stall 200/FC GainP High 500 (200/2000)
9 Anti-stall 200/FC GainI High 600 (200/2000)
10 Anti-stall 200/FC GainP Low 500 (200/2000)
11 Anti-stall 200/FC GainI Low 1000 (200/2000)
12 Anti-stall 200/FC Inc Rp Cons Mot (rpm) 7 (1/100)
13 Anti-stall 200/FC Dec Rp Cons Mot (rpm) 60 (10/100)
0 Max Rising Speed 160/180 (%) 53 (38/68)
1 Rising Acceleration Ramp 160/180 (%) 25 (0/100)
2 Rising Deceleration Ramp 160/180 (%) 12 (0/100)
3 Max Lowering Speed 160/180 (%) 45 (30/60)
4 Lowering Acceleration Ramp 160/180 (%) 35 (0/100)
5 Lowering Deceleration Ramp 160/180 (%) 14 (0/100)
6 Max Rising Speed ATJ+ (%) 48 (33/63)
7 Rising Acceleration Ramp ATJ+ (%) 20 (0/100)
8 Rising Deceleration Ramp ATJ+ (%) 10 (0/100)
9 Max Lowering Speed ATJ+ (%) 45 (30/60)
ARM 1/2 MANAGEMENT 10 Lowering Acceleration Ramp ATJ+ (%) 23 (0/100)
11 Lowering Deceleration Ramp ATJ+ (%) 10 (0/100)
12 Max Rising Speed 200 (%) 59 (44/74)
13 Rising Acceleration Ramp 200 (%) 12 (0/100)
14 Rising Deceleration Ramp 200 (%) 8 (0/100)
15 Max Lowering Speed 200 (%) 36 (21/51)
16 Lowering Acceleration Ramp 200 (%) 35 (0/100)
17 Lowering Deceleration Ramp 200 (%) 12 (0/100)
18 Max Rising Speed Base Cont Reduction (%) -10 (-20/0)
19 Max Lowering Speed Base Cont Reduction (%) -5 (-20/0)
20 Arm 12 down stop time delay (s) 1.0 (0.0/300.0)
80
0 Max Rising Speed 160 (%) 40 (25/55)

1 Max Rising Speed 180 (%) 28 (13/43)
ARM 3 MANAGEMENT 11 Max Lowering Speed ATJ+ (%) 36 (21/51)
12 Lowering Acceleration Ramp ATJ+ (%) 54 (0/100)
14 Max Rising Speed 200 (%) 42 (27/57)
20 Max Rising Speed Base Reduction (%) -10 (-20/0)
21 Max Lowering Speed Base Reduction 160/180 (%) -10 (-20/0)
22 Max Lowering Speed Base Reduction 200/+ (%) -5 (-20/0)
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
SCREEN GROUP
23 Corr Tel Retracted Raised 160/180 (%) 8 (0/50)
24 Corr Tel Retracted Raised ATJ+ (%) 22 (0/50)
25 Corr Tel Retracted Raised 200 (%) 22 (0/50)
26 Corr Tel Retracted Lowered 160/180 (%) 5 (0/50)
27 Corr Tel Retracted Lowered ATJ+ (%) 12 (0/50)
ARM 3 MANAGEMENT
28 Corr Tel Retracted Lowered 200 (%) 12 (0/50)
29 Arm 3 down stop time delay (s) 1.0 (0.0/10.0)
30 200 Down stop max speed (%) 8 (1/30)
31 200 Down stop ramp decel (%) 20 (0/100)
32 200 down stop time delay (s) 4.0 (0.0/10.0)
0 Max Extension Speed 160/180 (%) 46 (31/61)
1 Max Extension Speed ATJ+ (%) 67 (52/82)
2 Max Extension Speed 200 (%) 50 (35/65)
3 Extension Acceleration Ramp (%) 25 (0/100)
4 Extension Deceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
5 Max Retraction Speed 160/180 (%) 38 (23/53)
TELESCOPE MANAGEMENT
6 Max Retraction Speed ATJ+ (%) 39 (24/54)
7 Max Retraction Speed 200 (%) 41 (26/56)
8 Retraction Acceleration Ramp (%) 35 (0/100)
9 Retraction Deceleration Ramp (%) 14 (0/100)
10 Max Extension Speed Base Cont Reduction (%) -5 (-20/0)
11 Max Retraction Speed Base Cont Reduction (%) -5 (-20/0)
0 160/180 Stop Max Speed (%) 12 (1/30)
1 160/180 Stop Ramp Decel (%) 8 (0/100)
2 160/180 Stop Time Delay (s) 1.5 (0.0/10.0)
TELESCOPE STOP
3 200/ATJ+ Stop Max Speed (%) 10 (1/60)
4 200/ATJ+ Stop Ramp Decel (%) 0 (0/100)
5 200/ATJ+ Stop Time Delay (s) 2.0 (0.0/10.0)
0 Max Rising Speed 160/180 (%) 35 (20/50)
3 Max Lowering Speed 160/180 (%) 18 (5/33)
JIB MANAGEMENT
80
9 Max Lowering Speed ATJ+ (%) 30 (15/45)
10 Lowering Acceleration Ramp ATJ+ (%) 60 (0/100)
12 Max Rising Speed 200 (%) 35 (20/50)
0 Max Rot Speed 160 (%) 25 (10/40)
1 Max Rot Speed 180 (%) 21 (6/36)
2 Rot Accel Ramp 160/180 (%) 63 (0/100)
3 Rot Decel Ramp 160/180 (%) 30 (0/100)
4 Max Rot Speed ATJ+ (%) 26 (11/41)
5 Rot Accel Ramp ATJ+ (%) 80 (0/100)
6 Rot Decel Ramp ATJ+ (%) 30 (0/100)
TURRET MANAGEMENT
7 Max Rot Speed 200 (%) 23 (8/38)
8 Rot Accel Ramp 200 (%) 63 (0/100)
9 Rot Decel Ramp 200 (%) 40 (0/100)
10 Max Speed Base Control Reduction (%) 0 (-20/0)
11 Max speed telescope retracted correction 160/180 (%) 7 (0/50)
12 Max speed telescope retracted correction ATJ+ (%) 12 (0/50)
13 Max speed telescope retracted correction 200 (%) 6 (0/50)
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
SCREEN GROUP
0 Max Rising Speed 160/180 (%) 25 (10/40)
1 Max Rising Speed 200/+ (%) 35 (20/50)
2 Rising Acceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
3 Rising Deceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
BASKET TILTING MANAGEMENT
4 Max Lowering Speed (%) 10 (1/25)
6 Lowering Acceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
7 Lowering Deceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
0 Max Rotation Speed (%) 8 (1/23)
1 Rotation Acceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
2 Rotation Deceleration Ramp (%) 10 (0/100)
BASKET TILTING MANAGEMENT
3 Max Rot Speed ATJ+ (%) 21 (6/36)
4 Rotation Accel Ramp ATJ+ (%) 35 (0/100)
5 Rotation Decel Ramp ATJ+ (%) 10 (0/100)
0 Max RH Steering Speed (%) 90 (75/100)
1 RH Steering Acceleration Ramp (%) 5 (0/10)
2 RH Steering Deceleration Ramp (%) 4 (0/15)
STEERING MANAGEMENT
3 Max LH Steering Speed (%) 90 (75/100)
4 LH Steering Acceleration Ramp (%) 5 (0/10)
5 LH Steering Acceleration Ramp (%) 4 (0/15)
0 Maximum speed generator (%) 60 (5/100)
1 Generator restart time delay after movements (s) 4.0 (0.0/10.0)
GENERATOR
2 Acceleration ramp generator (%) 20 (0/100)
3 Deceleration ramp generator (%) 20 (0/100)
0 Auto Telescopic Boom Retraction activated 0 (0/1)
1 Time delay before Telesc Boom Retraction (s) 0.0 (0.0/5.0)
2 Duration Telesc Boom Retraction (s) 4.0 (0.0/60.0)
3 Auto Retraction Max Speed (%) 25 (5/100)
SAFE MAN SYSTEM
4 Auto Retraction Accel Ramp (%) 40 (0/100)
5 Auto Retraction Decel Ramp (%) 20 (0/100)
6 Safe Man with mvt - Time Delay ON (s) 0.1 (0.0/0.5)
7 Safe Man without mvt - Time Delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/5.0)
0 Default Threshold Low Temp Threshold (deg) -25 (-60/25)
1 Default Hyster. Low Temp Threshold (deg) 2 (0/20)
TEMPERATURE MANAGEMENT
2 Temp Default Time Delay On (s) 30 (0/1800)
3 Temp Default Time Delay Off (s) 30 (0/1800)
0 CAN fault safety deactivate 0 (0/0)
80
1 Power supply fault safety deactivate 0 (0/1)

2 Non-compatible safety deactivate 0 (0/1)
3 Start-up safety eng stop deactivate 0 (0/1)
4 PVG fault safety deactivate 0 (0/0)
5 Travel pump PWM safety deactivate 0 (0/1)
6 Engine acceleration PWM safety deactivate 1 (0/1)
7 Generator PWM safety deactivate 1 (0/1)
8 Platform movement authorization by-pass 0 (0/0)
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
9 General movement authorization by-pass 0 (0/0)
10 Engine started general movement authorization by-pass 0 (0/1)
11 Dead Man jammed fault bypass 0 (0/1)
12 Deactivate anti start-up short circuit test not OK 0 (0/1)
13 Start-up short circuit test safety deactivate 0 (0/0)
14 Safety test relay deactivate 0 (0/0)
15 PVPX control time delay before stoppage (s) 1.0 (0.0/5.0)
16 Very low fuel level unlocking time (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
17 Mvt Degrade Max Speed (%) 30 (0/80)
0 Fault assessment start time delay (s) 1.0 (0.5/30.0)
1 CAN fault detection time delay(s) 1.0 (0.0/2.0)
2 Lower power supply error threshold (V) 9.50 (8.00/24.00)
FAULT MANAGEMENT
3 High power supply error threshold (V) 20.00 (14.00/32.00)
4 APC-BAT power supply difference error threshold (V) 2.00 (1.00/10.00)
5 High water temperature warning time delay ON (s) 20.0 (0.0/600.0)
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
SCREEN GROUP
6 High water temperature warning time delay OFF (s) 4.0 (0.0/600.0)
7 Engine low oil pressure warning time delay ON (s) 20.0 (0.0/600.0)
8 Engine low oil pressure warning time delay OFF (s) 4.0 (0.0/600.0)
9 Engine low oil pressure sensor test time delay (s) 0.4 (0.0/600.0)
10 Engine low oil pressure fault cancellation time delay (s) 5.0 (0.0/600.0)
11 Battery charge problem warning time delay ON (s) 4.0 (0.0/600.0)
12 Battery charge problem warning time delay OFF (s) 2.0 (0.0/600.0)
13 Low level 1 fuel warning threshold (l) 10 (0/60)
14 Low fuel level 1 warning time delay ON (s) 8.0 (0.0/60.0)
15 Low fuel level 1 warning time delay OFF (s) 8.0 (0.0/60.0)
16 Low level 2 fuel warning threshold (l) 7 (0/60)
17 Low fuel level 2 warning time delay ON (s) 8.0 (0.0/60.0)
18 Low fuel level 2 warning time delay OFF (s) 8.0 (0.0/60.0)
19 Very low fuel level warning threshold (l) 4 (0/60)
20 Very low fuel level warning time delay ON (s) 4.0 (0.0/60.0)
21 Very low fuel level warning time delay OFF (s) 4.0 (0.0/60.0)
22 Engine OFF warning time delay (s) 20 (0/1800)
23 Battery/W charge problem warning time delay ON (s) 8.0 (0.0/60.0)
24 Battery/W charge problem warning time delay OFF (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
25 Unlock safety time delay blocked ON (s) 30.0 (0.0/600.0)
26 Backup pump time delay blocked ON (s) 300.0 (0.0/3000.0)
27 Overload warning time delay ON (s) 0.0 (0.0/2.0)
28 Overload warning time delay OFF (s) 1.0 (0.0/5.0)
29 Working levelling warning time delay ON (s) 1.5 (0.0/60.0)
30 Working levelling warning time delay OFF (s) 1.0 (0.0/60.0)
31 Transport levelling warning time delay ON (s) 3.0 (0.0/60.0)
32 Transport levelling warning time delay OFF (s) 1.0 (0.0/60.0)
33 Base panel dead man time delay blocked ON (s) 60.0 (0.0/600.0)
34 Basket panel dead man time delay blocked ON (s) 60.0 (0.0/600.0)
FAULT MANAGEMENT
35 Travel manipulator trigger time delay blocked ON (s) 15.0 (0.0/600.0)
36 Sensitive bar delay blocked ON (s) 120.0 (0.0/600.0)
37 BP rearming delay blocked ON (s) 60.0 (0.0/600.0)
38 Osc rel reread Off warning time delay ON (s) 5.0 (0.0/20.0)
39 Osc rel reread Off warning time delay OFF (s) 0.2 (0.0/5.0)
40 Osc lock reread Off warning time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/5.0)
41 Osc lock reread Off warning time delay OFF (s) 0.2 (0.0/5.0)
42 PVPX reread off warning time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
80
43 Untimely PVPX control warning time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
44 Engine stop reread off warning time delay ON (s) 6.0 (0.0/60.0)
45 Brake release reread off warning time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
46 Untimely brake release control warning time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
47 Travel pump PWM retained-copied deviation (mA) 300 (10/2000)
48 Travel pump PWM fault time delay ON (s) 1.0 (0.0/60.0)
49 Travel pump PWM fault time delay OFF (s) 10.0 (0.0/60.0)
50 Engine acceleration PWM retained-copied deviation (mA) 300 (10/2000)
51 Engine acceleration PWM fault time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
52 Engine acceleration PWM fault time delay OFF (s) 10.0 (0.0/60.0)
53 Generator PWM retained-copied deviation (mA) 300 (10/2000)
54 Generator PWM fault time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
55 Generator PWM fault time delay OFF (s) 10.0 (0.0/60.0)
56 Power supply sensor lower threshold (V) 9.50 (5.00/30.00)
57 Power supply sensor upper threshold (V) 16.00 (12.00/40.00)
58 Power supply sensor warning time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
59 Power supply sensor warning time delay OFF (s) 1.0 (0.0/60.0)
60 Overload sensor 1-2 inconsistency time delay ON (s) 2.0 (0.0/60.0)
61 Overload sensor 1-2 inconsistency time delay OFF (s) 1.0 (0.0/60.0)
62 Switch 2 position inconsistency time delay ON (s) 1.0 (0.0/5.0)
63 Switch 2 position inconsistency time delay OFF (s) 0.0 (0.0/5.0)
0 750B1551-B Jul 05 2017 0 (0/0)
INTERNAL DATA
1 Reset EEPROM 0 (0/1)
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
SCREEN GROUP
2 52575129 Jul 05 2017 0 (0/0)
3 Reset engine + maint hours 0 (0/1)
4 Reset Stats (Activ no. + Time) 0 (0/1)
5 Reset machine numbers 0 (0/1)
INTERNAL DATA 6 Timer Process (ms) 35 (25/50)
7 2-slide pilot Recouvr removal (%) 1.00 (0.00/5.00)
8 PVG supply stoppage counter 10 (0/500)
9 PWM power supply stoppage counter 15 (0/50)
10 Standard product 0 (0/1)
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
SPEED ADJUSTMENTS
Configuration: Basket load = 80 kg. Oil hot > 30°. Telescope extended and jib horizontal.
TIME (s) TOLERANCE PARAMETERS (%)

FUNCTIONS OBSERVATIONS
(s)
200ATJ 200ATJ
Lower arm lifting 23 +/- 1 59
Lower arm lowering 23 +/- 1 36
Telescope extended 23 - 50
bb
bb
DO NOT CHANGE
Telescope retracted 23 - 41
DO NOT CHANGE
Telescope lifting upper arm extended 31 +/- 1 42
bb
Telescope lowering upper arm extended 31 +/- 1 18
Telescope lifting upper arm retracted 23 - coef: 22
bb
DO NOT CHANGE
Telescope lowering upper arm retracted 23 - coef: 12

DO NOT CHANGE
Jib lifting 24 +/- 1 35
bb
Jib lowering 24 +/- 1 15
Tilting extended 45 - 25
bb
DO NOT CHANGE
Tilting retracted 45 - 10
DO NOT CHANGE
Turret rotation, 1/4 turn telescope
bb
33 +/- 1 23
extended
80
Turret rotation, 1/4 turn telescope
23 - coef: 6
retracted DO NOT CHANGE
Basket LH & RH rotation 13 +/- 2 8
Working Travel 24 sec / 5 m +/- 1 30 0.8 km/h

Slow (tortoise) Travel 14.4 sec / 10 m 72 2.5 km/h
To be
Ramp Travel 14.4 sec / 10 m checked, 63 2.5 km/h
no setting.
Fast (hare) Travel 17.5 sec / 30 m 100 4.8 km/h
"Working" speed setting for the 18 inch heel option

Select the icon using the keys, then select "Calibration
vitesse" (Speed calibration) using the keys, then press .
Using the keys, adjust the value (from -15 to +15) according to
the measured speeds. (Time the travel of the access platform over
5 or 10m then calculate the speed). Once a working travel speed of
0.8km/h is obtained press , then save the parameters.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
A SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
TILT SENSOR ADJUSTMENT (up to no. 949266)
1
SENSOR LOCATION
e 80 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
bb The levelling sensors are pre-set by the manufacturer.

The only parameter that can be adjusted is sensor
initialization.
Place the access platform on level ground and leave the power
B
switched on.
1
Open the right-hand turret cover panel.
Locate the tilt sensor (A-1) located to the left of the base console.
This adjustment is only made when a new tilt sensor needs to

Broche Fil Liaison
A Rouge Alimentation + be fitted.
B Noir Alimentation -
C Blanc Retour signal
Adjust the level using the spirit level situated above the sensor
(B-1).
C Adjust the three screws of sensor (C-1) to move the bubble.
If the bubble (C-2) is off-centre, the sensor is not correctly adjusted.

1 1
80
The bubble (D-1) is centred: the sensor is correctly adjusted.

A red LED will light and an audible signal should sound for
approximately two seconds after the LED comes on.
D
Move the platform on a minimum slope of 5° (so that it is

tilted sideways) to check whether the audible signal is tripped
1
(intermittent beep).
Return the platform to level ground to check that the audible

signal stops. If beeping continues, restart the adjustment
operation.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
A TILT SENSOR ADJUSTMENT (from no. 949267)

2
SENSOR LOCATION
e 80 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
bb
1
The levelling sensors are pre-set by the manufacturer.

The only parameter that can be adjusted is sensor
initialization.
Place the access platform on level ground and leave the power
switched on.
1 B Open the right-hand turret cover panel.

2 Locate the tilt sensor (A-1) located to the left of the base console.
bb Check that the angle of the sensor written in (A-1) (B-1)

matches that of the manufacturer's plate on the machine
(B-2).
C Take the disconnected wire (B-2) protruding from the sensor.

2
3 Take off the plastic cap (B-3) at the end of the wire.
Take an electric wire with its ends stripped, connect it to the

wire (B2) and connect it to the ground connector (A-2):
- Switch on the access platform.
- The green LED located under the sensor should flash
several times.
- It stops when the sensor has initialized.
- It remains continuously lit.
bb During normal operation, the green LED is lit, and only
80
D switches off if the angular tilt value is exceeded.
Wiring key (D)

A BROWN POSITIVE POWER SUPPLY (12V)
B BLUE NEGATIVE POWER SUPPLY (0V)
C GREEN SIGNAL RETURN
Tilt < 5° = 0V
Tilt > 5° = No signal
A
B
C
Checking
Tilt sensor Authorized movements Multimeter
audible signal
Tilt LED status Transport position Working position Signal wire
< 5° Lit None Travel Lifting/lowering Travel Lifting/lowering 0V
> 5° Off Intermittent Travelling None ~V
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
E OVERLOAD SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Place the basket in the down position.

1
Switch off the engine and switch on the power to, the platform.
Overload spring preload adjustment

2
Place a load of 200 kg in the basket, evenly spread over the floor.
Use a 14 mm hexagonal wrench to tighten the M16 CHC screws

and a 24 mm socket wrench to tighten the nuts.
F Access the screws by passing the hexagonal wrench between

the hubs of the upper link rod (E-1).
Tighten the bolts in such a way that they remain free to rotate
at the end of the operation with minimum play.
1
2
Overload sensor adjustment
Remove the protective casing from the overload sensors (E-2).
Undo the lock nuts (F-1) then tighten the overload screws (F-2)
to their maximum extent.
G Place a load of 250 kg in the basket, evenly spread over the floor.
Undo the overload screw (F-2) until the alarm is tripped (G)
(continuous beep). Test to be performed on each sensor using
the test menu (G).
Overload test
80
Of the 250 kg still in the basket, take out 20 kg and check that
the alarm stops sounding.
Return the 20 kg to the basket and check that the alarm is

tripped (continuous beep).
Remove the load from the basket.
Tighten the locknut and mark with paint to validate the

adjustment.
Refit and attach the overload sensor protective casing.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
H ARM DOWN SENSOR(S) ADJUSTMENT
Raise the arm a few centimetres to facilitate access to the sensor.
Switch off the engine and switch on the power to, the platform.
Locate the arm down sensor housing e 80 - ELECTRICAL

COMPONENT LOCATION.
1
Remove the protective casing from the sensor(s) (H-1) and

retrieve the rubber strip.
Unscrew the lock nuts (I-1).

I
Screw or unscrew the sensor(s) (I-2) until the LED (I-3), located
next to the power supply wire, switches from red to green (the
clearance remaining between the support and the sensor is
approximately 3 mm).
3
2
Re-tighten the lock nuts.
1
Refit the rubber skirt and the casing.
J ADJUSTMENT OF THE TELESCOPE RETRACTED SENSOR(S)
Place the arm in the down position, retract the telescope and
1 operate the control.
Switch off the engine but leave the power to the platform
switched on.
80
Locate the telescope retracted sensor(s) housing at the base of
arm 3 (J-1) e 80 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
Remove the protective casing from the sensor(s).

K
Unscrew the lock nuts (J-1).
Screw or unscrew the sensors (K-2) until the LED (K-3), located
next to the power supply wire, switches from red to green (the
3
2 clearance remaining between the support and the sensor is
approximately 3 mm).
1 Re-tighten the lock nuts.
Refit the cap.
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
L ARM 3 SENSOR(S) ADJUSTMENT
Locate the housing of the two arm 3 sensors (L-1) e80 - ELECTRICAL
COMPONENT LOCATION.
1
- Remove the sensors' protective casing
- Switch off the engine
- Leave the access platform switched on
Raise:
To slow down the raising of the arm to the upper stop limit, adjust
the first mechanical sensor so that the roller is supported by the
M cam (M-1); the sensor (M-2) is therefore activated. Ensure that
the cam and the fixed (copper) part of the sensor are separated
by about two millimetres (O).
- Test the deceleration of the arm by raising up to the stop limit.

- Verify that deceleration occurs; if not, repeat the operation
1 until the adjustment is correct.
- Switch off the engine
2 - Leave the access platform switched on
2mm
Lowering:
To slow down the lowering of the arm to the lower stop limit,
N lower the arm as far as the damping buffer. The cam monitors
the link with the arm, allowing the second sensor (N-2) to be
adjusted. When the cam releases the sensor, the roller (N-1)
is extended (open contact), and the sensor (N-2) is activated.
2 Ensure that the cam and the fixed (copper) part of the sensor
are also separated by two millimetres (O).
80
- Test the deceleration of the arm by lowering to the stop limit.

1 - Verify that deceleration occurs; if not, repeat the operation
2mm
until the adjustment is correct.
- Switch off the power to the access platform.
- Crimp the sensors and the cam correctly.
- Refit and fasten the housing.
O
2mm
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
A MANIPULATOR TESTING
4
5 TESTING FROM THE BASE CONTROL PANEL
bb
18
77
67
The testing of the manipulators from the base control
19
77
67
2 panel requires the presence of two operators: one on
the ground and the other in the basket.
1
Display on the screen the page of the "Input/Output display"
sub-menu from the "Diagnostic" menu.
Switch on the power to the platform without starting the engine.
INTOR B INANA Climb into the basket, depress the Dead Man pedal, then perform
the following actions:
- Move the manipulator (A-1) towards the front, the back, the
left and the right.
- Move the manipulator (A-2) towards the front, the back, the
left and the right.
- Move the lever of the manipulator (A-3) towards the front then
towards the back without operating the trigger (A-5).
- Press the upper left-hand button then the upper right-hand
button (A-4) without operating the trigger.
Operate the trigger on its own.
For each action, check on the display screen (B) the state of
the inputs and outputs at the neutral position then when the
manipulators or switches are operated.
80
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
TEST WITH A VOLTMETER
Climb into the basket of the access platform with a voltmeter.
Open the front of the basket control panel, then locate the wires connected to the manipulators.
- Manipulator (A-1) turret rotation and arm 3:
GREY
GRIS (ARM 3 SIGNAL)
(ALIMENTATION - BP BRAS 3)
Y GRIS (ALIMENTATION - BP BRAS 3)
Y BROWN
GRIS
MARRON (GROUND)-- BP
(ALIMENTATION
(ALIMENTATION BRAS
POINT 3)
MILIEU)
Y MARRON (ALIMENTATION - POINT MILIEU)
X
MARRON
YELLOW (ALIMENTATION - POINT MILIEU)
(TURRET SIGNAL)
X JAUNE (ALIMENTATION - BP TOURELLE)
X
JAUNE (ALIMENTATION - BP TOURELLE)
WHITE
JAUNE
BLANC
(+ BATTERY)
(ALIMENTATION
(+ BATTERIE)
- BP TOURELLE)
BLANC (+ BATTERIE)
GREEN
BLANC (NON NEUTRAL)
(+ BATTERIE)
- Manipulator (A-2) telescope and arm 1/2:
GRIS (ALIMENTATION - BP BRAS 1/2)

Y GREY
GRIS (ARM 1/2 SIGNAL)
(ALIMENTATION - BP BRAS 1/2)
Y GRIS
MARRON (ALIMENTATION
(ALIMENTATION -- BP BRAS
POINT 1/2)
MILIEU)
Y
X BROWN
MARRON (GROUND)- POINT MILIEU)
(ALIMENTATION
MARRON (ALIMENTATION - POINT MILIEU)
X JAUNE (ALIMENTATION - BP TELESCOPE)
X YELLOW
JAUNE (TELESCOPE
(ALIMENTATION - BPSIGNAL)
TELESCOPE)
JAUNE (ALIMENTATION - BP TELESCOPE)
BLANC (+ BATTERIE)
WHITE
BLANC (+ BATTERY)
(+ BATTERIE)
BLANC (+ BATTERIE)
GREEN (NON NEUTRAL)
- Movement and steering manipulator (A-3):
Y MGREEN
ARRON (ALIMENTATION POINT MILIEU)
(NON NEUTRAL)
80
Y G
MRAIRSR(O
YN) (AX
LIEML
EONN
TAGTIT
IOUNDIPNO
AILN)T MILIEU)
Y MBROWN
ARRON (GROUND)
(ALIMENTATION POINT MILIEU)
MARRON/GRIS
G RIS (Y) (ALIMENTATION
(AXE LONGITUDI-NGACHETTE)
AL)
GGREY
RIS (Y(Y)
) (LONGITUDINAL
(AXE LONG AXIS)
ITUDINAL)
VERT/NOIR
MARRON/GRIS (BOUTON POUSSOIR
(ALIMENTATION - GACHETTE)
- GACHETTE)
BROWN/WHITE
MARRON/GRIS
GRIS/NOIR
VERT/NOIR
(PUSHBUTTON- TRIGGER)
(ALIMENTATION
(BP DIRECPOUSSOIR
(BOUTON
- GACHETTE)
TION DROIT- EGACHETTE)
)
VERT/NOIR
GREEN/BLACK (POWER(BOUTON
SUPPLY POUSSOIR - GACHETTE)
JAUNE/NOIR
G RIS/NOIR (BP
(B DIREC-TTRIGGER)
P DIRECTION
ION GAUCHE)
DROITE)
GGREY/BLACK
RIS/NOIR (BP DIRPB)
(RH STEERING ECTION DROITE)
BLANC/NOIR
JAUNE/NOIR (ALIMENTATION
(BP DIRECTION - BP DIRECTION)
GAUCHE)
JAUNE/NOIR
YELLOW/BLACK (BP
(LH STEERINGDIRECTION GAUCHE)
BLANC
BLANC/NOIR ( + BATTPB)
ERIE) - BP DIRECTION)
(ALIMENTATION
BLANC/NOIR
WHITE/BLACK
BLANC (POWER(ALIMENTATION
( SUPPLY
- BP DIRECTION)
+ BATTER- ISTEERING
E) PB)
BLANC ( + BATTERIE)
WHITE (+ BATTERY)
- Take voltage measurements using the pins of the voltmeter, placing them in contact with the clips
crimped to each coloured wire at the connector.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
Testing the analog outputs

Turret rotation and arm 3 manipulator (A-1).
Move the ball towards the front, the back, the left then the right and check the values displayed by the
voltmeter:
6V YELLOW
3V3V GREY
G (Y)(Y)
(Y)
GRIS
0V
0V BROWN
M
MARRON
12V
12V WHITE
BLANC
B
Manipulateur
Manipulator versL'AVANT
towards
Manipulateur vers L’AVANT
the FRONT
LEVAGE
LEVAGE dubras
Arm 3 du bras
LIFTING (3)3
JAUNE
9V9V YELLOW (X)
J (X) (X) JAUNE
6V6V YELLOW
JAUNE (X)
(X)(X) 3V3VYELLOW
J (X) (X)(X)
JAUNE
6V GREY GRIS
6V6V GREY
GRIS (Y)
(Y) (Y) 6V GREY
0V
0V BROWN
MARRON
M 0V MARRON
0V BROWN
MARRON 0V
0V BROWN
MARRON
M
12V WHITE
12V BLANC
B 12V BLANC
12V WHITE
BLANC 12V WHITE
12V BLANC
B
Manipulateur
Manipulator
Manipulateur vers
towards
vers la
theGAUCHE
la GAUCHELEFT NEUTRAL
NEUTRE
NEUTRE Manipulateur
Manipulator vers lalaDROITE
Manipulateurtowards
vers DROITE
the RIGHT
Rotation dedetourelle
Turret rotation
Rotation tourelle
towards à the
GAUCHE
à GAUCHE LEFT Rotation de
de tourelle
Turret rotation
Rotation towards
tourelle ààDROITE
DROITE
the RIGHT
6V YELLOW
9V9V GREY
G (Y) (Y)
(Y)
GRIS
0V
0V BROWN
MARRON
M
12V
12V WHITE
BLANC
B
Manipulateur vers L'ARRIERE

L’ARRIERE
Manipulateurtowards
Manipulator the BACK
DESCENTE
DESCENTE dubras
du
Arm 3 LOWERING bras(3)3
Telescope and arm 1/2 manipulator (A-2).

Move the ball towards the front, the back, the left then the right and check the values displayed by the
voltmeter:
6V9VYELLOW
G (Y) (X)
JAUNE (X)
80
0V0V BROWN
M
MARRON
3V GREY
12V WHITE
12V BLANC
B
Manipulateur
Manipulator
Manipulateur versL'AVANT
towards
vers L’AVANT
the FRONT
Arm 1/2du
LEVAGE
LEVAGE LIFTING
du bras
bras 1/2
(1/2)
9V YELLOW 6V6VYELLOW
JAUNE
GRIS (X)
(Y) (X) 3V YELLOW
0V0V BROWN
M
MARRON 0V0V BROWN
MARRON
MARRON 0V0V MARRON
BROWN
M
6V
9V GREY
J (X)(Y)
GRIS (Y) 6V
6V GREY
GRIS(Y)
JAUNE (Y)
(X) 6V GREY
3V GRIS (Y)
J (X) (Y)
12V
12V WHITE
B
BLANC 12V WHITE
BLANC
12V BLANC 12V WHITE
12V BLANC
B
Manipulator
Manipulateur
Manipulateur towards
vers
vers la lathe LEFT
GAUCHE
GAUCHE NEUTRAL
NEUTRE
NEUTRE Manipulatorvers
Manipulateur
Manipulateur towards
vers la the RIGHT
la DROITE
DROITE
Telescope
SORTIEEXTENSION
SORTIE dudu télescope
télescope Telescope
RENTRÉE
RENTREE RETRACTION
du
dutélescope
télescope
6V3VYELLOW
G (Y) (X)
JAUNE (X)
0V0V BROWN
MARRON
M
9V GREY
12V
12V WHITE
BLANC
B
Manipulator
Manipulateurtowards
Manipulateur vers the BACK
L’ARRIERE
vers L'ARRIERE
Arm 1/2 LOWERING
DESCENTE
DESCENTE du
dubras
bras(1/2)
1/2
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
Travel and steering manipulator (A-3).

Move the lever towards the front then the back and check the values displayed by the voltmeter:
3V
3V GRIS
GREY (Y)(Y) 6V GREY
6V GRIS(Y) (Y) 9V GREY
9V GRIS(Y)(Y)
X 0V
0V BROWN
MARRON X 0V BROWN
0V MARRON 0V MARRON
0V BROWN
X
Manipulator towards
Manipulateur the
vers NEUTRE
NEUTRAL Manipulator towards
Manipulateur the
vers
BACK - REVERSE FRONT - FORWARD
L’AVANT - AVANCE
L’ARRIERE - RECUL
Testing the logic outputs
Travel and steering manipulator:

Operate the steering buttons (A-4) on the dead man trigger of manipulator (A-5) and check the values
displayed by the voltmeter:
0V GREY/BLACK
GRIS/NOIR VV GREY/BLACK (R)
GRIS/NOIR (D) 12V
12V GREY/BLACK
GRIS/NOIR (D)(D)
12V
12V YELLOW/BLACK
JAUNE/NOIR VV YELLOW/BLACK
JAUNE/NOIR (G) (G) 0V YELLOW/BLACK
JAUNE/NOIR(G)(G)
BLANC/NOIR BLANC/NOIR BLANC/NOIR
12V WHITE
12V BLANC
12V
12V WHITE
BLANC
12V WHITE
12V BLANC
LH steering
Direction NEUTRAL
NEUTRE RH steering
Direction
GAUCHE DROITE
80
0V0V BROWN/WHITE
MARRON/GRIS 12V
12V BROWN/WHITE
MARRON/GRIS
VERT/NOIR VERT/NOIR
12V
12VWHITE
BLANC 12V
12VWHITE
BLANC
Trigger Trigger
Gachette Gachette
NEUTRAL ACTUATED
NEUTRE ACTIONNÉE
bb "V" means that a random voltage can be measured on the wire indicated.
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
C MANIPULATOR CALIBRATION
This sub-menu can be used to calibrate each control panel

manipulator (C).
D
Keep the dead man pedal depressed throughout the procedure.
67
77
18
–– Manipulator (D-1)
3
Push the manipulator fully forward (D-1), and hold for 2 seconds.
19
77
67
Press the unlock levelling button (D-4), calibration is confirmed

2
by a beep.
4
1 Repeat these operations in the backward direction, to the right

then to the left.
Apply the same procedure as for manipulator (D-1)
Press the dead man trigger.
Push the manipulator fully forward and hold for 2 seconds.
Press the unlock levelling button (D-4), calibration is confirmed
80
by a beep.
Repeat these operations in the backward direction.
E
Once all the manipulators have been calibrated, exit the function
by pressing the "EXIT" key
Remaining within the "CALIBRATION" menu ... Select the "SAVE
PARAMETERS" menu (E)
Save to validate the calibration
(06/07/2017) 80-04-M158EN
80
80-04-M158EN (06/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
pages
FAULT CODIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– 1 – BASIC PRINCIPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– 2 – CREATION OF A COMPONENT TYPE CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– 3 – COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– 4 – CREATION OF A FAULT TYPE CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– 5 – SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– 6 – MAINTENANCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
–– 7 – INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL DISPLAY CODIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
WARNING AND FAULT CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
80
(10/07/2017) 80-08-M158EN
2 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
FAULT CODIFICATION
1 – BASIC PRINCIPLE
To define fault codification for the faults detectable by the system that enables the immediate identification
of:
- the component type,
- the fault type,
- the location of the component on the machine.
An adhesive label on the turret will help to understand the code and locate the component.
Example of code:
« SW301A »
SW => component type

301 => location and identification of the faulty component
A => type of fault
2 – CREATION OF A COMPONENT TYPE CODE
1 - Selector switch (2- or 3-way) => code "SW":

- basket and base selector lever
- steering selector on manipulator
2 – Push button => code "PB" (push button)

- basket and base PB,
- base keyboard cup,
80
- dead man pedal,

- manipulator trigger
3 – Manipulators => code "JO" (joystick)

- basket manipulators
4 – Digital (on/off ) sensor => code "DS"

- overload sensor
- chain brake contactor
5 – Inductive sensor => code "IS" (inductive sensor)

- arm down sensor
- telescope retraction sensor
- boom extension magnetic sensor
6 – analog sensor => code "AS" (analog sensor)

- boom angular sensor
- jib tilting sensor
- fuel gauge
80-08-M158EN (10/07/2017)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 3
7 – Tilt sensor => code "TS" (tilt sensor)
8 – Frequency sensor => code "FS" (frequency sensor)

- engine speed sensor
- alternator W strip
9 – PWM coil => code "EW"

- forward travel coil
- engine accelerator coil
- generator coil
- relief valve coil
10 – Electro-valve => code "EV"

- brake electrovalve
- PVPX PVG safety electrovalve
3 – COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
In order to assist troubleshooting, each component will be identified by:
- a numerical code specifying its location on the machine:

1.. => base
2.. => structure
3.. => basket
4.. => remote controls
- a number specific to each component, e.g.:

01 => jib selector
02 => basket rotation selector
03 => basket tilting selector
80
This component code will be identical for all machines.
The combination of these codes will give, for example:

301 => basket jib selector.
4 – CREATION OF A FAULT TYPE CODE
Possible component fault codes:
"A" => short circuit at start-up, before component is powered.

"B" => non neutral movement at start-up.
"C" => open circuit, cut wire.
"D" => short circuit to "+"
"E" => inconsistency of redundant ON/OFF or ANA sensors.
"F" => value outside ANA sensor range.
"G" => high level.
"H" => low level.
(10/07/2017) 80-08-M158EN
5 – SYSTEM FAULTS
System faults will be identified by the code "UC", e.g.:
« UC012S »
UC => control unit

012 => fault number
S => fault type
System fault types:
"S" => communication

"T" => memory
"U" => functional warning
"V" => closed-loop control
6 – MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
Maintenance information will be codified as follows:
« MA035L »
MA => maintenance
035 => code e.g.: engine oil filter
L => fault type
Maintenance fault types:

"L" => late
"N" => to be carried out soon
80
7 – INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL DISPLAY CODIFICATION
The different component codes will also be used to designate them in the Input/Output control display.
Inputs and outputs that are not codified in this way will have their code defined as follows:
- INTOR inputs => "IN"
- OUTTOR outputs => "OU"
- INANA inputs => "AN"
Together with a numerical code specifying its location on the machine:

1.. => base
2.. => structure
3.. => basket
And a number specific to each component.

80-08-M158EN (10/07/2017)
WARNING AND FAULT CODE LIST
Codification Name of Warning or fault
AC-110-A Internal safety relay short circuit

AS-100-C Diesel gauge open circuit fault
AS-100-D Diesel gauge short circuit fault
AS-104-F Internal T° sensor fault
DS-100-C Engine oil pressure sensor open circuit fault
DS-100-D Engine oil pressure sensor short circuit fault
DS-100-U Low engine oil pressure
DS-101-D Engine water temperature sensor short circuit
DS-101-U High engine coolant temperature
DS-102-A Oscillation pressure switch short circuit
DS-202-A Arm 3 down sensor short circuit
DS-203-A Arm 3 up sensor short circuit
DS-301-A Overload sensor 1 short circuit
DS-301-E Overload sensor 1 inconsistency
DS-302-A Overload sensor 2 short circuit
DS-302-E Overload sensor 2 inconsistency
EV-100-A Brake release reread short circuit
EV-100-C Brake Release Not Enabled
EV-100-D Braking not enabled
EV-101-A PVPX reread short circuit
EV-101-C PVPX not controlled
EV-101-D PVPX controlled without command
EV-102-A Engine shutdown reread short circuit
EV-102-C Engine shutdown not enabled
EV-102-D Engine shutdown Enabled without command
EW-100-C PWM Forward travel pump fault
EW-101-C PWM Reverse travel pump fault
EW-102-C PWM engine acceleration fault
EW-103-C PWM generator fault
EW-105-F PVG fault section 1 Arm 1/2
EW-106-F PVG fault section 2 Telescopic boom
EW-107-F PVG fault section 3 Arm 3
EW-108-F PVG fault section 4 Accessory
IN-121-A Short Circuit Fault Info PVG Arm 1/2
IN-122-A Short Circuit Fault Info PVG Telescopic Boom
80
IN-123-A Short Circuit Fault Info PVG Arm 3
IN-124-A Short Circuit Fault Info PVG Accessory
IS-100-A Front axle align short circuit
IS-101-A Rear axle align short circuit
IS-200-A Telescopic boom retraction sensor short circuit
IS-207-A Arm down sensor short circuit
JO-300-A Travel joystick short circuit
JO-300-B Basket non neutral travel
JO-300-C Travel joystick open circuit fault
JO-300-D Travel joystick short circuit fault
JO-301-A Arm 1/2 joystick short circuit
JO-301-B Basket non neutral arm 1/2 movement
JO-301-C Arm 1/2 movement joystick open circuit fault
JO-301-D Arm 1/2 movement joystick short circuit fault
JO-302-A Telescopic boom joystick short circuit
JO-302-B Basket non neutral telescopic boom movement
JO-302-C Telescopic boom joystick open circuit fault
JO-302-D Telescopic boom joystick short circuit fault
JO-303-A Turret manip short circuit
JO-303-B Basket non neutral turret rotation movement
JO-303-C Turret rotation joystick open circuit fault
JO-303-D Turret rotation joystick short circuit fault
JO-304-A Arm 3 joystick short circuit
(10/07/2017) 80-08-M158EN
JO-304-B Basket non neutral arm 3 movement

JO-304-C Arm 3 movement joystick open circuit fault
JO-304-D Arm 3 movement joystick short circuit fault
JO-305-A Joystick forward switch short circuit
JO-306-A Arm 1/2 telescopic boom joystick switch short circuit
JO-307-A Arm 3 turret joystick switch short circuit
MA-001-L OIL CHANGE maintenance not carried out
MA-002-L OIL FILTER maintenance not carried out
MA-003-L AIR FILTER maintenance not carried out
MA-004-L DIESEL FILTER maintenance not carried out
MA-005-L HYDRAULIC FILTER maintenance not carried out
MA-006-L HYDROSTATIC FILTER maintenance not carried out
MA-007-L LUBRICATION maintenance not carried out
MA-008-L MECHANICAL INSPECTION maintenance not carried out
PB-101-B Base non neutral basket tilt movement
PB-102-B Base non neutral turret rotation movement
PB-103-B Base non neutral arm 1/2 movement
PB-104-B Base non neutral telescopic boom movement
PB-106-B Base non neutral jib movement
PB-107-B Base non neutral arm 3 movement
PB-301-A Basket differential lock short circuit
PB-301-B Basket non neutral differential lock
PB-302-A Levelling release short circuit
PB-302-B Basket non neutral levelling release
PB-302-U Levelling release PB blocked
PB-303-A Basket backup pump short circuit
PB-303-U Backup pump PB blocked
PB-304-A Basket horn PB short circuit
PB-305-A Trigger short circuit
PB-305-U Trigger jammed
PB-306-A Dead man reread short circuit
PB-306-U Basket dead man jammed
PB-307-A Basket Generator PB short circuit
PB-307-B Basket non neutral generator
PB-310-U T° safety bypass blocked
PB-311-A Safe Man System rearming short circuit
PB-311-U Safe Man System rearming blocked
SW-100-A Base dead man selector short circuit
80
SW-100-U Base panel dead man jammed

SW-101-A Engine rpm override short circuit
SW-300-A Basket slow speed (tortoise) short circuit
SW-300-A Basket fast speed (hare) mode short circuit
SW-300-D Travel speed mode short circuit
SW-301-A Basket crab steering short circuit
SW-301-A Basket 4-wheel steering short circuit
SW-301-D Steering mode short circuit
SW-302-A Basket LH steering short circuit
SW-302-A Basket RH steering short circuit
SW-302-B Basket non neutral steering movement
SW-302-D LH/RH steering short circuit
SW-303-A Basket tilt up short circuit
SW-303-A Basket tilt down short circuit
SW-303-B Basket non neutral basket tilt movement
SW-303-D Basket control panel basket tilt control short circuit
SW-304-A LH Basket Rotation Short Circuit
SW-304-A RH Basket Rotation Short Circuit
SW-304-B Basket Non Neutral Basket Rotation Movement
SW-304-D Basket control panel basket rotation control short circuit
SW-306-A Basket jib up short circuit
SW-306-A Basket jib down short circuit
SW-306-B Basket non neutral jib movement
80-08-M158EN (10/07/2017)
SW-306-D Basket control panel jib movement control short circuit

SW-316-A Safe Man System switch short circuit
SW-316-C Safe Man System switch open circuit fault
SW-316-U Safe Man System switch jammed
TS-100-A Levelling sensor short circuit
TS-100-U Tilt
UC-001-F +BAT/+APC UPC30 power supply difference
UC-004-F Screen +BAT/+APC power supply difference
UC-005-G UPC30 power high
UC-005-H UPC30 power low
UC-008-G Screen high power supply
UC-008-H Screen low power supply
UC-009-G Manipulator high power supply
UC-009-H Manipulator low power supply
UC-011-S UPC102 CAN communication
UC-012-S Screen CAN Communication
UC-013-S Management ECU data transfer fault at start-up
UC-014-T Screen data loading error at start-up
UC-015-U Management incompatibility/CEK20
UC-016-U Management incompatibility/UPC102
UC-018-U Machine number inconsistency
UC-021-E Battery charge / Terminal W inconsistency
UC-022-U Battery charge problem
UC-023-U Engine overspeed
UC-024-U Low diesel fuel level 1
UC-025-U Low diesel fuel level 2
UC-026-U Fuel warning
UC-027-U Overload
UC-028-U Axle released without command
UC-029-U Telescope blocked by option
UC-030-U Overload by-pass incompatibility
UC-038-U T° safety low
80
UC-039-S UPC03 CAN communication
UC-040-U Safe Man System warning
UC-041-S CAN UPU-S communication
UC-042-U Axle release not enabled
UC-043-U Machine selection inconsistency
(10/07/2017) 80-08-M158EN
80
80-08-M158EN (10/07/2017)

Manual Reparación 200ATJ PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Reparación 200ATJ PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

547387EN (07/07/2017)

DATE OF ISSUE OBSERVATION

06 / 2010 - 1st ISSUE

11 / 2010 - 2nd UPDATED ISSUE

16 / 11 / 2015 - 3nd UPDATED ISSUE

20 / 01 / 2016 - 4nd UPDATED ISSUE (Gr 80)

07 / 07 / 2017 - 2nd UPDATED ISSUE (Gr 10, Gr 70, Gr 80)

MANITOU BF S.A Limited liability company with a Board of Directors.

HOW TO USE THIS REPAIR MANUAL ?

3 4 General instructions and safety

RULES FOR MAINTENANCE

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY NOTICE

Be careful not to burn yourself when touching hot liquids or parts

Before carrying out any operation on an electrically powered

Before carrying out any welding operations, think about

A machine operating in a contaminated environment should be

547982 : See the repair manual N° 547982.

70 - HYDRAULIC : See the group N° 70 called «Hydraulic».

- GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND

- GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT

In order to reduce the risk of accidents, please:

When you see this symbol:

Before any operation:

1 - Place the machine on a flat surface and chock the wheels.

Be aware of all information plates on the machine and notices in

ECU bb  efore carrying out any welding operations, think of

A machine operating in an infected environment (polluted or harmful

Never wear objects, jewelery or clothes which could get caught

When carrying out maintenance operations near a mobile object,

When changing or draining oil or fuel, or any other works concerning

When any machine component is lifted or shored, ensure that the

When using a jack, ensure it is used on a flat, unchanging, load-

Make sure no object or tool which could cause an accident is left

Never check for possible leaks using your hand.

CHARACTERISTICS AND FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Data obtained from Instruction Manuals:

CHARACTERISTICS AND FLUIDS l 547399 of 20/01/2015

Designation Value Designation Type Quantity

Rated capacity Front axle differential 7,8 ℓ

LOCATION OF NAME AND IDENTIFICATION PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

LOCATION OF NAME AND IDENTIFICATION PLATE

STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES

b Standard tightening torques

For hexagon screws with flanges (NF E 25-030-1) :

- ENGINE REMOVAL (AND REFIT)

- ENGINE CHARACTERISTICS AND

PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

A PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK REMOVAL

- Remove the cylinder head (B-2) and hold the cover.

1 Pull on the handle (C-2) to open the pivoting frame.

Remove the engine inspection cover (D-1).

E SOLENOID VERSION (up to no. 949266)

F ELECTROVALVE VERSION (from no. 949267)

Locate the proportional engine speed block (F-1) on the right-

Disconnect the power supply harness from the accelerator (F-2).

6 Remove the return spring (G-3).

Remove the proportional engine speed block by undoing the

A PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED BLOCK

SOLENOID VERSION (up to no. 949266)

–– SUN position =1250 rpm ± 50.

Turn the adjustment screw (D-1) to obtain the desired minimum

A ELECTROVALVE VERSION (from no. 949267)

ECU bb efore carrying out any welding operations, think of

–– SUN position =1250 rpm ± 50.

2 -Enter the code "****" with the +/- keys (C-2),

5 -Select the "Engine accel. calibration" sub-menu using the

2 -Activate the acceleration by pressing OK

4 -Switch off the acceleration by pressing OK

bb I n order to carry out the calibration operations

e careful when performing this operation, the wheels

G - R emove the valve(s) to be adjusted (F-3), remove the shock-

he wheels must be straightened in order to limit the